ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    July 25,
    1991
    IN THE MATTER OF:
    )
    )
    RACT DEFICIENCIES IN THE
    )
    METRO-EAST AREA:
    AMENDMENTS
    )
    R91-8
    TO 35 ILL.ADM.CODE PART 215
    )
    (Rulemaking)
    AND
    THE ADDITION OF PART 219
    )
    ADOPTED RULE.
    FINAL ORDER.
    OPINION
    AND
    ORDER OF THE BOARD
    (by J. Theodore Meyer):
    This matter is before the Board on a regulatory proposal filed
    by the Illinois
    Environmental Protection Agency
    (Agency).
    The
    Board today adopts the proposed rules,
    as previously modified at
    second
    notice
    and
    as
    modified
    after
    agreement
    with
    the
    Joint
    Committee on Administrative Rules
    (JCAR),
    as final
    rules.
    This
    opinion will contain only the procedural history of the proceeding,
    and some additional comments.
    For more information on the course
    of
    the
    proceeding,
    please
    refer
    to
    the
    Board’s
    second
    notice
    opinion
    and order
    (June
    11,
    1991)
    and the supplemental
    second
    notice opinion (June 20,
    1991).
    Procedural History
    On
    January
    17,
    1991,
    the
    Agency
    filed
    this proposal
    for
    rulemaking.
    The proposal seeks to correct deficiencies identified
    by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
    (USEPA)
    in
    Illinois’ state implementation plan
    (SIP)
    for ozone in the Metro-
    East area,
    and contains regulations requiring the implementation
    of
    reasonably
    available
    control
    technology
    (RACT)
    for
    certain
    sources of volatile organic material (VON).
    The Board accepted the
    proposal for hearing on February 7,
    1991.
    The Board also accepted
    the
    Agency’s
    certification
    that
    this
    rulemaking
    is
    federally
    required pursuant to Section 28.2 of the Environmental Protection
    Act
    (Act)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    Ill
    1/2,
    par.
    1028.2),
    as
    amended by P.A. 86-1409.
    The Board sent the rules, as proposed by
    the Agency, to first notice on February 28,
    1991.
    The rules were
    published
    in the
    Illinois
    Register
    on March
    15,
    1991,
    at
    15
    Ill.Reg. 3892.
    On March 28, 1991, the Board found that no economic
    impact study was necessary in this proceeding.
    Hearings were held
    on April 10 and 15, 1991.
    The first notice comment period in this
    rulemaking expired on April
    29, 1991.
    On May 2,
    1991, the Agency filed a motion to suspend emergency
    rulemaking.
    The Board had previously expressed its intention to
    proceed
    with
    these
    proposed
    rules
    on
    an
    emergency
    basis,
    as
    provided by Section 5.02 of the Administrative Procedure Act
    (APA)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    127,
    par.
    1005.02) and Section 27(c)
    of
    124- 583

    2
    the Act.
    The Board intended to adopt the rules on an emergency
    basis
    in order to meet the May 15,
    1991 deadline set forth in the
    federal Clean Air Act Amendments of
    1990,
    and also proceed with
    “regular”
    rulemaking.
    The Agency moved that the Board
    suspend
    consideration of the proposal as an emergency rulemaking, alleging
    that the proposal was not appropriate
    for emergency rulemaking.
    Among other things, the Agency noted that a representative from the
    United States Environmental Protection Agency
    (USEPA)
    had stated
    at hearing that USEPA believed that only “permanent”
    rules were
    sufficient to meet the May 15 deadline, and that USEPA did not view
    emergency rules to be “permanent”.
    On May
    3,
    1991, the Illinois
    Environmental Regulatory Group
    (IERG) filed a motion in support of
    the Agency’s motion to suspend emergency rulemaking.
    IERG stated
    that emergency rules would be a
    “futile” attempt to meet the May
    15
    date.
    IERG
    also
    stated
    that
    it
    was
    involved
    in
    serious
    negotiations with USEPA and the Agency on points of disagreement
    in these proposed rules.
    At a May 6,
    1991 Board meeting, the Board
    deferred action on the motion for one week,
    in order to allow the
    participants additional time to continue discussions with USEPA.
    On May
    13,
    1991,
    the
    Agency
    filed
    a
    status
    report
    and
    a
    “motion to extend first notice”.
    The Agency updated that Board on
    the continuing discussions between USEPA,
    IERG,
    and the Agency.
    The Agency stated that the negotiations involved discussions on
    maximum theoretical emissions
    (MTE),
    compliance and applicability
    dates for the proposed rules, and the rules proposed as Subpart TT.
    The status report included a letter from Stephen Rothblatt, Chief
    of the Regulation Development Branch for Region V of USEPA.
    That
    letter
    confirmed
    that
    USEPA
    was
    involved
    with
    “serious”
    negotiations with IERG and the Agency.
    The Agency moved that the
    Board delay
    moving into second
    notice until
    May
    30,
    1991.
    The
    Agency
    contended
    that
    it
    looked
    very
    favorable
    that
    all
    participants would reach an agreement, and noted that if the Board
    moved to second notice before the completion of the negotiations,
    it would be unable
    to make changes
    in the proposed rule
    (as
    a
    result of any agreement)
    without returning to first notice.
    The
    Agency also noted that Illinois is working within a very tight time
    frame for this rulemaking, so that there would be no time to return
    to first notice.
    The Agency summarized:
    Therefore,
    despite the Agency’s earlier,
    fervent pleas
    that the
    Board go to
    second
    notice May
    9,
    1991,
    the
    Agency requests that the Board delay second notice until
    May 30,
    1991.
    Once the Board goes to second notice, no
    changes,
    other than
    in response to comment
    from
    (the
    Joint Committee on Administrative Rules
    JCAR,
    can be
    made to the rules.
    The Agency,
    then, would submit the
    rules
    at
    second
    notice
    to
    USEPA
    as
    our
    state
    implementation plan
    SIP.
    We would supplement the SIP
    submittal with the final rules once they are promulgated.
    These
    activities
    should
    have
    the
    effect
    of
    having
    Illinois
    removed
    from
    the
    deficiency
    list
    prior
    to
    124—584

    3
    publication
    while
    at
    the
    same
    time
    allowing
    the
    negotiating
    parties
    the
    opportunity
    to
    complete
    negotiations.
    (Agency motion to extend first notice, p.
    6.)
    On May 14,
    1991,
    in reliance on the statements and requests made
    by the Agency,
    IERG,
    and USEPA,
    the Board granted the Agency’s
    motions to suspend emergency rulemaking and to delay second notice
    until after May30,
    1991.
    The Agency
    filed a motion to amend its proposal
    on June
    3,
    1991.
    The Agency stated that its proposed amendments were a result
    of negotiations between the Agency, USEPA,
    and IERG.
    Although no
    formal agreement between the three participants had been reached,
    the Agency contended that its proposed changes are approvable by
    USEPA.
    On June
    4,
    1991,
    IERG filed
    a motion
    in support of the
    Agency’s motion to amend the proposal.
    On June 11, 1991, the Board
    granted the motion to amend.
    The Board stated that based on the
    statements made by the Agency and IERG,
    the proposed changes are
    federally approvable, and will protect the viability of the various
    federal court appeals of the Fl?, on which these rules are based.
    Also
    on June
    11,
    1991,
    the Board proposed these
    rules for
    second
    notice.
    The Board
    issued a
    supplemental
    second
    notice
    opinion on June 20,
    1991.
    The rules were filed with
    JCAR
    for its
    review.
    Based on that JCAR review, the Board has agreed to make
    several non—substantive changes to these rules.
    These changes are
    all in the nature of typographical corrections,
    etc.
    On July 23,
    1991, JCAR indicated that it had no objection to these rules.
    Board Comments
    Many of the motions and other
    filings received during the
    course of this proceeding have urged the Board to act as quickly
    as possible.
    As the Board has repeatedly stated,
    it shares the
    participants’
    concern for timely action,
    and has expedited this
    proceeding.
    The Board has made all possible attempts to complete
    this rulemaking as quickly as possible,
    while at the same time
    observing the requirements for public notice, hearing, and comment.
    (~g~
    I11.Rev.Stat. 1989, ch. 111 1/2, pars. 1027, 1028, and 1028.2;
    Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    127,
    par.
    1005.01.)
    Based on the record
    of this proceeding, the Board finds that these rules will correct
    the RACT deficiencies previously
    identified by USEPA,
    and that
    these rules will satisfy the requirements of Section 182(a) (2) (A)
    of the federal Clean Air Act, as amended in 1990.
    The Board also
    believes that these rules are federally approvable.
    Therefore, the
    Board adopts these rules as final rules.
    12
    4-~585

    4
    ORDER
    The Board hereby adopts, as final, the following rules.
    These
    rules will be filed with the Secretary of State.
    TITLE
    35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL
    PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER
    I:
    POLLUTION
    CONTROL
    BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER
    C:
    EMISSIONS
    STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    FOR
    STATIONARY
    SOURCES
    PART
    215
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    215.100
    215.101
    215.
    102
    215.103
    215.
    104
    215.105
    215.106
    215.107
    Introduction
    Clean—up and Disposal Operations
    Testing Methods
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    Definitions
    Incorporations by Reference
    Afterburners
    Determination of Applicability
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC
    EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    215.121
    215.122
    215.123
    215.
    124
    215.125
    215.126
    215.127
    215.128
    Storage Containers
    Loading Operations
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    Measurement of Seal Gaps
    SUBPART
    C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS
    FROM
    MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section
    215.141
    215.142
    215.143
    215.
    144
    Separation Operations
    Pumps and Compressors
    Vapor Blowdown
    Safety Relief Valves
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    215.181
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    124--586

    5
    215.182
    215.183
    215.184
    215.185
    Section
    215.202
    2 15.204
    215. 205
    215.206
    215.207
    215.208
    215.209
    215.210
    215.211
    215.212
    215.213
    215.214
    Section
    215.240
    215.241
    215.245
    215.249
    Section
    215.260
    215.261
    2 15.263
    215.264
    215.267
    Section
    215.
    301
    215.302
    215.303
    215.304
    215.305
    Section
    215.
    340
    Cold Cleaning
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Compliance Schedules
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Compliance by Aggregation of Emission Sources
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    Alternative Compliance Schedule
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Roadmaster Emissions Limitations
    SUBPART H:
    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR SOURCES IN
    AREAS WHICH
    ARE NONATTAINMENT FOR OZONE
    Applicability
    External Floating Roofs
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART
    I:
    ADJUSTED RACT EMISSIONS LIMITATIONS
    Applicability
    Petition
    Public Hearing
    Board Action
    Agency Petition
    SUBPART K:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Use of Organic Material
    Alternative Standard
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    Operations with Compliance Program
    Viscose Exemption (Repealed)
    SUBPART N:
    VEGETABLE OIL PROCESSING
    Hexane Extraction Soybean Crushing
    124—537

    6
    Hexane Extraction Corn Oil Processing
    Recordkeeping For Vegetable Oil Processes
    Compliance Determination
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART
    P:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section
    215.401
    215.402
    215.403
    215.404
    215.405
    215.406
    215.407
    215.408
    215.409
    215.410
    SUBPART
    Section
    215.420
    215.421
    215.422
    215.423
    215.424
    215. 425
    215. 426
    215.427
    215.428
    215.429
    215.430
    215.
    431
    215.
    432
    215.433
    215.434
    215.
    435
    215. 436
    215.437
    215.
    438
    215.
    439
    SUBPART
    R:
    Section
    215.441
    215.
    442
    215.443
    215.
    444
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Exemptions
    Applicability of Subpart K
    Testing and Monitoring
    (Repealed)
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Alternative Compliance Plan
    Compliance Plan
    Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    Emissions Testing
    Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Applicability
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-Ended Valves
    Standards for Control Devices
    Compliance Date
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND RELATED
    INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water) Separator
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    215.342
    215.
    344
    215. 345
    215.346
    215.347
    124—588

    7
    215.445
    215.446
    215.
    447
    215.448
    215.449
    215.450
    215.451
    215.452
    215.453
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Reporting for Leaks
    Alternative Program for
    Leaks
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Section
    215.480
    215.
    481
    SUBPART S:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    Emission Testing
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    SUBPART
    T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Applicability of Subpart T
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    215.482
    Control
    of
    Air
    Dryers,
    Production
    Equipment
    Exhaust
    Systems and Filters
    Material Storage and Transfer
    In—Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Monitors for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    Compliance Schedule
    SUBPART U:
    COKE MANUFACTURING AND BY-PRODUCT RECOVERY
    Section
    215.500
    215.510
    215.512
    215.513
    215.514
    215.515
    215.516
    215.517
    Section
    Exceptions
    Coke By-Product Recovery Plants
    Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Leaks
    Inspection Program
    Recordkeeping Requirements
    Reporting Requirements
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Section
    215.461
    215.462
    215.463
    215.464
    215.465
    215.466
    215.467
    215.483
    215.484
    215.485
    215.486
    215.487
    215.488
    215.489
    124—589

    8
    Applicability
    Definitions
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section
    215.541
    Section
    215.561
    215.562
    215.563
    Section
    215.581
    215.582
    215.583
    215.
    584
    215.585
    215.586
    Section
    215.601
    215.602
    215.
    603
    215. 604
    215.605
    215.606
    215.607
    2 15.608
    215.609
    215.
    610
    215.611
    215.612
    215.
    613
    215.614
    Pesticide Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART
    1’:
    GASOLINE
    DISTRIBUTION
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY CLEANERS
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    Testing and Monitoring
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Testing Method for Volatile Organic Material Content of
    Wastes
    215.615
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT AND
    INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Section
    215.620
    Applicability
    215.520
    215.521
    215.525
    215.526
    215.527
    124—590

    9
    215.621
    215.623
    215.624
    215.
    625
    215.628
    215.
    630
    215.636
    Section
    215.875
    215.877
    215.879
    215.
    881
    215.883
    215.886
    SUBPART PP:
    Section
    215.920
    215.923
    215.926
    Section
    2 15.960
    215.963
    215.
    966
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    Permit
    Conditions
    Open-top Mills,
    Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    Grinding Mills
    Leaks
    Clean Up
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    Compliance Date
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Rule Into Section Table
    Section Into Rule Table
    Past Compliance Dates
    List
    of
    Chemicals
    Defining
    Synthetic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing Section
    10 and authorized by Section 27
    of the Environmental Protection Act (Ill. Rev. Stat. 1989,
    ch. 111
    1/2,
    pars.
    1010 and 1027).
    Section
    215.940
    215.943
    215.946
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    SUBPART RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Appendix A
    Appendix B
    Appendix C
    Appendix D
    Appendix E
    Appendix F
    Organic
    124—59 1

    10
    SOURCE:
    Adopted as Chapter 2:
    Air Pollution, Rule 205:
    Organic
    Material Emission Standards and Limitations, R7l-23,
    4
    PCB
    191,
    filed and effective April
    14,
    1972; amended in R77-3,
    33 PCB 357,
    at 3
    Ill. Reg.
    18,
    p. 41, effective May 3,
    1979; amended in R78-3
    and R78—4,
    35 PCB 75, at 3 Ill. Reg. 30, p.
    124, effective July 28,
    1979; amended in R80—5 at 7 Ill.
    Reg.
    1244, effective January 21,
    1983;
    codified at
    7 Ill.
    Reg.
    13601;
    Notice of Corrections at
    7
    Ill. Reg. 14575; amended in R82—14 at 8 Ill. Reg. 13254,
    effective
    July 12, 1984; amended in R83-36 at 9 Ill. Reg. 9114, effective May
    30, 1985; amended in R82-14 at 9 Ill. Reg. 13960, effective August
    28,
    1985;
    amended
    in
    R85—28
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    3127,
    effective
    February 3,
    1987; amended in R82-14 at 11 Ill. Reg. 7296, effective
    April
    3,
    1987;
    amended
    in
    R85—21(A)
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    11770,
    effective June
    29,
    1987;
    recodified
    in R86—39
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    13541;
    amended
    in
    R82—l4
    and
    R86—12
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    16706,
    effective September 30, 1987; amended in R85-21(B) at 11 Ill. Reg.
    19117,
    effective
    November
    9,
    1987;
    amended
    in
    R86-36,
    R86—39,
    R86—40 at 11 Ill. Reg. 20829, effective December 14, 1987; amended
    in R82—14
    and R86—37 at 12
    Ill.
    Reg.
    815,
    effective December 24,
    1987;
    amended in R86-18
    at
    12 Ill. Reg.
    7311, effective April
    8,
    1988; amended in R86—1O at 12 Ill. Reg. 7650, effective April 11,
    1988; amended in R88—23 at 13 Ill. Reg.
    10893, effective June 27,
    1989; amended in R88—30(A) at 14 Ill. Reg. 3555, effective February
    27, 1990; emergency amendments adopted in R88-30(A) at 14 Ill. Reg.
    6421, effective April 11,
    1990, for a maximum of 150 days; amended
    in R88-l9 at 14 Ill. Reg.
    7596, effective May 8,
    1990; amended in
    R89—16(A) at 14 Ill.
    Reg. 9173, effective May 23, 1990; amended in
    R88—30(B)
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    3309,
    effective
    February
    13,
    1991;
    amended
    in
    R91-7
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    ________,
    effective
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 215.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This
    Part
    contains
    standards
    and
    limitations
    for
    emissions of organic material
    from stationary sources
    located in areas other than the Chicago area counties of
    Cook, DuPage, Kane, Lake, Mcflenry, and Will and the Metro
    East area counties of Madison,
    Monroe,
    and St.
    Clair.
    Standards and limitations applying in the Chicago area
    are set forth in Part 218.
    Standards and limitations
    applying
    in the Metro East area are set forth
    in Part
    219.
    1)
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part,
    the
    provisions
    of this
    Part
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    sources
    located
    in the Chicago
    area counties
    of
    Cook,
    DuPage,
    Kane,
    Lake,
    McHenry and Will unless
    the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    Part
    218
    applicable to such sources are voided or otherwise
    made ineffective pursuant to Section 218.100 of 35
    124—69 2

    11
    Ill.
    Adm. Code Part 218.
    2)
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this
    Part,
    the provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    sources in the Metro East area counties of Madison,
    Monroe and
    St.
    Clair unless the provisions of
    35
    Ill. Adm. Code Part 219 applicable to such sources
    are voided or otherwise made ineffective pursuant
    to Section 219.100 of 35
    Ill.
    Adiu.
    Code Part 219.
    b)
    Sources
    subject to
    this
    Part may be
    subject
    to
    the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35 Iii. Adm. Code 201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    243.
    c)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General provisions;
    2)
    Subparts
    B
    -
    J:
    Emissions
    from
    equipment
    and
    operations in common to more than one industry;
    3)
    Subparts
    K
    M:
    Emissions
    from use
    of organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts
    N
    end:
    Special
    rules
    for
    various
    industry groups.
    (Source:
    Amended at 15 Ill.
    Reg.
    ___________,
    effective
    _________________________________
    .)
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 215.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a delivery vessel into a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant
    unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage tank
    are each equipped with
    a vapor collection
    system
    that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4);
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is operating;
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate sticker
    pursuant to the requirements of Section 215.584(b)
    or
    (d);
    124—593

    12
    4)
    The
    pressure
    relief
    valve(s)
    on
    the
    stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel
    are
    set to
    release at no
    less than
    0.7
    psi
    or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or the
    guidelines
    of
    the
    National
    Fire
    Prevention
    Association; and
    5)
    The
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a stationary storage tank
    located at a bulk gasoline plant into a delivery vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements
    set
    forth
    in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a) (4) are met; and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the delivery
    vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped for bottom
    loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (e),
    each owner of
    a stationary
    storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Equip
    each stationary
    storage tank with
    a
    vapor
    control
    system
    that
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable;
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    describing
    necessary
    maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system; and
    3)
    Repair,
    replace
    or
    modify
    any
    worn
    out
    or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (e),
    each
    operator
    of
    a
    bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    2)
    Promptly
    notify
    the
    owner
    of
    any
    scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement or
    repair
    of
    a
    major
    component
    of
    a vapor
    control
    system; and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    124—594

    13
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline
    loading
    equipment
    in
    a
    manner
    that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge
    pressure
    from exceeding
    18
    inches
    of
    water and vacuum from exceeding
    6
    inches of
    water, as measured as close as possible to the
    vapor
    hose
    connection;
    and
    B)
    A
    reading
    equal
    to
    or
    greater
    than
    100
    percent
    of
    the
    lower
    explosive
    limit
    (LEL
    measured
    as
    propane)
    when tested in accordance with the
    procedure
    described
    in
    EPA
    450/2-78-051
    Appendix B; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks
    of
    liquid
    during loading or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a
    pressure tap or equivalent on the bulk
    plant vapor collection system in order to allow the
    determination of compliance with 215.581(d) (4) (A);
    and
    6)
    Within 15
    business
    days
    after
    discovery of the leak
    by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency,
    repair and
    retest a vapor collection system which exceeds the
    limits
    of
    subsection
    (d)
    (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The
    requirements
    of
    subsections
    (a),
    (c)
    and
    (d)
    shall
    not
    apply
    to:
    1)
    Any
    stationary
    storage tank with a capacity of less
    than
    575
    gallons;
    or
    2)
    Any
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    whose
    annual
    gasoline
    throughput
    is
    less
    than
    350,000
    gallons
    as
    averaged
    over the preceding three calendar years.
    £)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall only apply to
    bulk gasoline plants:
    1)
    That have an annual gasoline throughput greater than
    or equal to 1,000,000 gallons, as averaged over the
    preceding three calendar years; and
    2)
    That
    either
    distribute
    gasoline
    to
    gasoline
    dispensing facilities subject to the requirements
    of
    Section
    215.583(a)(2),
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    218.583(b) (2) or 35111. Adm. Code 219.583(a) (2) or
    that are located in the following counties:
    124—595

    14
    Boone, Peoria, Rock Island, Tazewell, or Winnebago.
    g)
    Bulk
    gasoline
    plants
    were
    required
    to
    take
    certain
    actions
    to achieve compliance which
    are summarized
    in
    Appendix C.
    (Source:
    Amended at 15 Ill. Reg
    effective
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE
    B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
    PART
    219
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
    FOR THE
    METRO EAST AREA
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    219. 100
    219.101
    219
    .
    102
    219.103
    219.104
    219.105
    219.106
    219.107
    219.
    108
    219.109
    219.110
    219.111
    219.112
    Introduction
    Clean—up and Disposal Operations
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    Applicability
    Definitions
    Test Methods and Procedures
    Compliance Dates
    Afterburners
    Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means of
    Control or Compliance Determinations
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvents
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    Incorporations by Reference
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS
    FROM STORAGE AND LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    219.121
    219.122
    219.123
    219.124
    219.125
    219.126
    Storage Containers
    Loading
    Operations
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    124—596

    15
    Section
    219.141
    219.142
    219.
    143
    219.144
    Section
    219.181
    219.182
    219.183
    219.184
    219.185
    219.186
    Section
    219.204
    219.205
    219.206
    219.207
    219.208
    219.209
    219.210
    219.211
    Separation Operations
    Pumps and Compressors
    Vapor Blowdown
    Safety Relief Valves
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    Cold Cleaning
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Schedule
    Test Methods
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING
    OPERATIONS
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    124—59 7

    16
    SUBPART G:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section
    219.301
    219.302
    219.303
    219.304
    Section
    219.401
    219.402
    219.403
    219
    .
    404
    219.405
    SUBPART
    Section
    219.421
    219.
    422
    219.423
    219.424
    219.425
    219.426
    2 19.427
    2 19.428
    219.429
    219.430
    Use of Organic Material
    Alternative Standard
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    Operations with Compliance Program
    SUBPART H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Applicability
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
    Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    EQUIPMENT
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-ended Valves
    Standards for Control Devices
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART
    R:
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED
    INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT
    MATERIALS
    Section
    219.441
    219.442
    219.443
    219.444
    219.445
    219.446
    219.447
    219.448
    219.449
    219.450
    219.451
    219.452
    219.453
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water) Separator
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Reporting for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    124—598

    17
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    Emission Testing
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    219.480
    Applicability of Subpart T
    219.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    219.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust
    Systems and Filters
    Material Storage and Transfer
    In-Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Monitoring and Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    219.489
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Definitions
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section
    219.541
    Pesticide Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    219.561
    Architectural Coatings
    219.562
    Paving Operations
    219.563
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section
    219.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    Sect ion
    219.
    461
    219.462
    219.463
    219.
    464
    219.465
    219.466
    219.483
    219.484
    2
    19.485
    219.486
    219.487
    219.488
    Section
    219.521
    219.525
    219.526
    219.527
    124—59 9

    18
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section
    219.601
    219.602
    219.603
    219.604
    219.605
    219.606
    219.607
    219.608
    219.609
    219.610
    219.611
    219.612
    219.613
    Section
    219.875
    219.877
    219.879
    219.881
    219.883
    219.886
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    Testing and Monitoring
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT AND INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Applicability
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    Permit Conditions
    Open-top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    Grinding Mills
    Storage Tanks
    Leaks
    Clean Up
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    SUBPART BB:
    POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    Compliance Date
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.920
    219.923
    219. 926
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    219.582
    219.583
    219.584
    219.585
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    Section
    219.620
    219.621
    219.623
    219.624
    219.
    625
    219.626
    219
    628
    219.630
    219.636
    219.637
    124—600

    19
    219.927
    Compliance Schedule
    219.928
    Testing
    SUBPART QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.940
    Applicability
    219.943
    Permit Conditions
    219.946
    Control Requirements
    219.947
    Compliance Schedule
    219.948
    Testing
    SUBPART RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.960
    Applicability
    219.963
    Permit
    Conditions
    219.966
    Control
    Requirements
    219.967
    Compliance Schedule
    219.968
    Testing
    SUBPART
    TT:
    OTHER
    EMISSION
    SOURCES
    Section
    219.980
    Applicability
    219.983
    Permit Conditions
    219.986
    Control
    Requirements
    219.987
    Compliance Schedule
    219.988
    Testing
    SUBPART UU:
    RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR NON-CTG SOURCES
    Section
    219.990
    Exempt Emission Sources
    219.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    Appendix
    A:
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical
    and
    Polymer
    Manufacturing
    Appendix B:
    VON Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency
    Appendix C:
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Appendix D:
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Section
    28.2 of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Ill. Rev. Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, pars.
    1010 and 1028.2).
    SOURCE:
    Adopted in R91-8 at 15 Ill. Reg.
    _______,
    effective
    124—601

    20
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 219.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This Part contains standards and limitations for
    emissions of organic material from stationary sources
    located in the.Metro East area,
    which is comprised of
    Madison, Monroe, and St. Clair Counties.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Part may be subject to the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    243;
    c)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General Provisions
    2)
    Subparts B-F:
    Emissions from equipment and
    operations in common to more than one industry;
    3)
    Subpart G:
    Emissions from use of organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts H—end:
    Special rules for various
    industry groups.
    Section 219.101
    Cleanup and Disposal Operation
    Emission of organic material released during clean—up operations
    and disposal shall be included with other emissions of organic
    material from the related emission source or air pollution
    control equipment in determining total emissions.
    Section 219.102
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    a)
    The following abbreviations are used in this Part:
    ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
    bbl
    barrels
    (42 gallons)
    oC
    degrees Celsius or centigrade
    cm
    centimeters
    Cu in.
    cubic inches
    eF
    degrees Fahrenheit
    FIP
    Federal Implementation Plan
    ft
    feet
    ft2
    square feet
    g
    grams
    124—6
    02

    21
    gpm
    gallons per minute
    g/mole
    grams per mole
    gal
    gallons
    hr
    hours
    in
    inches
    eK
    degrees Kelvin
    kcal kilocalories
    kg
    kilograms
    kg/hr
    kilograms per hour
    kPa
    kilopascals; one thousand newtons per square
    meter
    1
    liters
    1/sec
    liters per second
    lbs
    pounds
    lbs/hr
    pounds
    per
    hour
    lbs/gal
    pounds per gallon
    LEL
    lower explosive limit
    m
    meters
    m2
    square meters
    in3
    cubic meters
    ing
    milligrams
    Mg
    Megagrams,
    metric tons or tonnes
    ml
    milliliters
    mm
    minutes
    NJ
    megajoules
    mm Hg
    millimeters of mercury
    ppm
    parts per million
    ppmv parts per million by volume
    psi
    pounds per square inch
    psia pounds per square inch absolute
    psig
    pounds per square inch gauge
    scf
    standard cubic feet
    scm
    standard
    cubic
    meters
    sec
    seconds
    SIP
    State
    Implementation
    Plan
    TTE
    temporary
    total
    enclosure
    sq cm
    square centimeters
    sq in
    square inches
    T
    English ton
    ton
    English ton
    USEPA
    United States Environmental Protection
    Agency
    VOC
    volatile organic compounds
    VOL
    volatile organic liquids
    VOM
    volatile organic materials
    124—603

    22
    b)
    The following conversion factors are used in this Part.
    English
    Metric
    1 gal
    3.785
    1
    1,000 gal 3,785
    1 or 3.785
    1 psia
    6.897 kPa (51.71 mm Hg)
    2.205 lbs
    1 kg
    1 bbl
    159.0
    1
    1
    Cu
    ~fl
    16.39 ml
    1 lb/gal
    119,800 mg/i
    1 ton
    0.907 Mg
    1 T
    0.907 Mg
    Section 219.103
    Applicability
    The provisions of this Part shall apply to all sources located in
    Madison, Monroe, and St. Clair Counties.
    Section
    219.104
    Definitions
    The
    following
    terms
    are
    defined
    for
    the
    purpose
    of
    this
    Part.
    “Accelacota” means a pharmaceutical coating operation
    which consists of a horizontally rotating perforated
    drum in which tablets are placed,
    a coating is applied
    by spraying, and the coating is dried by the flow of
    air across the drum through the perforations.
    “Accumulator” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a surface condenser.
    “Acid gases” means for the purposes of Section 9.4 of
    the Environmental Protection Act (the Act)
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, par. 1009.4), hydrogen
    chloride, hydrogen fluoride and hydrogen bromide, which
    exist as gases, liquid mist, or any combination
    thereof.
    “Actual emissions” means the actual quantity of VON
    emissions from an emission source during a particular
    time period.
    “Actual heat input” means the quantity of heat produced
    by the combustion of fuel using the gross heating value
    of the fuel.
    “Adhesive” means any substance or mixture of substances
    intended to serve as a joining compound.
    “Afterburner” means a control device in which materials
    124—604

    23
    in
    gaseous
    effluent
    are
    combusted.
    “Air contaminant” means any solid,
    liquid, or gaseous
    matter, any odor,
    or any form of energy, that is
    capable of being released into the atmosphere from an
    emission
    source.
    “Air dried coatings” means any coatings that dry by use
    of air or forced air at temperatures up to 363.15 K
    (194°F).
    “Air pollution” means the presence in the atmosphere of
    one or more air contaminants in sufficient quantities
    and of such characteristics and duration as to be
    injurious to human, plant, or animal life, to health,
    or to property, or to unreasonably interfere with the
    enjoyment
    of
    life
    or
    property.
    “Air pollution control equipment” means any equipment
    or
    facility
    of
    a
    type
    intended to eliminate, prevent,
    reduce
    or
    control
    the
    emission of specified air
    contaminants
    to the atmosphere.
    “Air
    suspension coater/dryer” means a pharmaceutical
    coating
    operation
    which
    consists
    of
    vertical
    chambers
    in
    which
    tablets
    or
    particles
    are
    placed,
    and
    a
    coating
    is
    applied
    and
    then
    dried
    while the tablets or
    particles
    are
    kept
    in
    a
    fluidized
    state
    by
    the
    passage
    of
    air
    upward
    through
    the
    chambers.
    “Airless
    spray”
    means
    a spray coating method in which
    the coating is atomized by forcing
    it
    through
    a
    small
    opening at high pressure.
    The coating liquid is not
    mixed
    with
    air
    before
    exiting
    from
    the
    nozzle.
    “Air—assisted
    airless
    spray”
    means
    a
    spray
    coating
    method
    which
    combines
    compressed
    air
    with
    hydraulic
    pressure to
    atomize
    the
    coating
    material
    into
    finer
    droplets than is achieved with pure airless spray.
    Lower hydraulic pressure is used than with airless
    spray.
    “Allowable
    emissions”
    means
    the
    quantity
    of
    VOM
    emissions
    during
    a
    particular
    time
    period
    from
    a
    stationary
    source
    calculated
    using
    the
    maximum
    rated
    capacity of
    the
    source
    (unless
    restricted
    by
    federally
    enforceable limitations on operating rate, hours of
    operation, or both)
    and the most stringent of:
    the
    applicable standards in 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61; the
    applicable implementation plan;
    or a federally
    enforceable permit.
    124—605

    24
    “Ambient
    air
    quality
    standards”
    means
    those
    standards
    designed to protect the public health and welfare
    codified in 40 CFR Part 50
    and promulgated from time
    to time by the USEPA pursuant to authority contained in
    Section 108 of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et
    seq.,
    as amended from time to time.
    “Applicator” means a device used in
    a coating line to
    apply coating.
    “AS applied” means the exact formulation of a coating
    during application on or impregnation into a substrate.
    “Architectural coating” means any coating used for
    residential
    or
    commercial
    buildings
    or
    their
    appurtenances,
    or
    for
    industrial
    buildings,
    which
    is
    site applied.
    “Asphalt” means the dark—brown to black cementitious
    material
    (solid, semisolid,
    or liquid in consistency)
    of which the main constituents are bitumens which occur
    naturally
    or
    as
    a
    residue
    of
    petroleum
    refining.
    “Asphalt
    prime
    coat”
    means
    a
    low-viscosity
    liquid
    asphalt applied to an absorbent surface as the first of
    more than one asphalt coat.
    “Automobile” means a motor vehicle capable of carrying
    no more than 12 passengers.
    “Automobile or light-duty truck assembly plant” means a
    facility where parts are assembled or finished for
    eventual inclusion into a finished automobile or
    light-duty truck ready for sale to vehicle dealers, but
    not
    including
    customizers,
    body
    shops,
    and
    other
    repainters.
    “Automobile or light-duty truck refinishing” means the
    repainting of used automobiles and light-duty trucks.
    “Baked coatings” means any coating which is cured or
    dried in an oven where the oven air temperature exceeds
    90°C(194°F).
    “Batch loading” means the process of loading a number
    of individual parts at the same time for degreasing.
    “Bead-dipping” means the dipping of an assembled tire
    bead into a solvent-based cement.
    “Binders” means organic materials and resins which do
    not
    contain
    VOM.
    124—606

    25
    “Bituminous
    coatings”
    means
    black
    or
    brownish
    coating
    materials which are soluble in carbon disulfide, which
    consist mainly of hydrocarbons, and which are obtained
    from natural deposits or as residues from the
    distillation of crude oils or of low grades of coal.
    “British thermal unit” means the quantity of heat
    required to raise one pound of water from 60°Fto 61°F
    (abbreviated
    btu).
    “Brush
    or
    wipe
    coating”
    means
    a manual method of
    applying a coating using a brush, cloth,
    or similar
    object.
    “Bulk gasoline plant” means a gasoline storage and
    distribution facility with an average throughput of
    76,000 1
    (20,000 gal) or less on a 30—day rolling
    average that distributes gasoline to gasoline
    dispensing facilities.
    “Bulk gasoline terminal” means any gasoline storage and
    distribution facility that receives gasoline by
    pipeline, ship or barge, and distributes gasoline to
    bulk gasoline plants or gasoline dispensing facilities.
    “Can” means any metal container, with or without a top,
    cover,
    spout or handles,
    into which solid or liquid
    materials are packaged.
    “Can coating” means any coating applied on a single
    walled container that is manufactured from metal sheets
    thinner than 29 gauge (0.0141 in.).
    “Can coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more can coating line(s).
    “Can coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative, or functional coating is
    applied onto the surface of cans or can components.
    “Capture” means the containment or recovery of
    emissions from a process for direction into a duct
    which may be exhausted through a stack or vent to a
    control device.
    The overall abatement of emissions
    from a process with an add-on control device is a
    function both of the capture efficiency and of the
    control device.
    “Capture device” means a hood,
    enclosed room floor
    sweep or other means of collecting solvent or other
    pollutants into a duct.
    The pollutant can then be
    124—607

    26
    directed to a pollution control device such as an
    afterburner
    or
    carbon
    adsorber.
    Sometimes
    the
    term
    is
    used loosely to include the control device.
    “Capture
    efficiency”
    means
    the
    fraction
    of
    all
    VOM
    generated by a process that are directed to an
    abatement or recovery device.
    “Capture
    system”
    means
    all
    equipment
    (including,
    but
    not limited to,
    hoods, ducts,
    fans,
    ovens, dryers,
    etc.) used to contain, collect and transport an air
    pollutant to a control device.
    “Clean
    Air
    Act”
    means
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    of
    1963,
    as
    amended,
    including
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    Amendments
    of
    1977,
    (42
    U.S.C.
    7401
    et
    seq.),
    and
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    Amendments
    of
    1990,
    (P.A.
    101549).
    “Clear coating” means coatings that lack color and
    opacity
    or
    are
    transparent
    using
    the
    undercoat
    as
    a
    reflectant base or undertone color.
    “Clear topcoat” means the final coating which contains
    binders,
    but
    not
    opaque
    pigments,
    and
    is
    specifically
    formulated
    to
    form
    a
    transparent
    or
    translucent
    solid
    protective
    film.
    “Closed
    purge
    system”
    means
    a
    system
    that
    is
    not
    open
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    that
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections, and,
    if necessary,
    flow inducing devices
    that
    transport
    liquid
    or
    vapor
    from
    a
    piece
    or
    pieces
    of
    equipment
    to
    a
    control
    device,
    or
    return
    the
    liquid
    or
    vapor
    to
    the
    process
    line.
    “Closed
    vent
    system”
    means
    a
    system
    that
    is
    not
    open
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections,
    and, if necessary, flow inducing devices that transport
    gas or vapor from an emission source to a control
    device.
    “Coating” means a material applied onto or impregnated
    into a substrate for protective,
    decorative, or
    functional purposes.
    Such materials include, but are
    not limited to,
    paints, varnishes,
    sealers,
    adhesives,
    thinners, diluents, and inks.
    “Coating applicator” means equipment used to apply a
    coating.
    “Coating
    line”
    means
    an
    operation
    consisting
    of
    a
    series of one or more coating applicators and any
    associated
    flash—off
    areas,
    drying
    areas,
    and
    ovens
    124—608

    27
    wherein
    a surface coating is applied, dried, or cured.
    (It is not necessary for an operation to have an oven,
    or flash—off area,
    or drying area to be included in
    this definition.)
    “Coating plant” means any plant that contains one or
    more coating line(s).
    “Coil” means any flat metal sheet or strip that is
    rolled or wound in concentric rings.
    “Coil coating” means any coating applied on any flat
    metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils.
    “Coil coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more coil coating line(s).
    “Coil coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative or functional coating is applied
    onto
    the
    surface
    of
    flat
    metal
    sheets,
    strips,
    rolls,
    or coils for industrial or commercial use.
    “Cold cleaning” means the process of cleaning and
    removing soils from surfaces by spraying, brushing,
    flushing,
    or immersion while maintaining the organic
    solvent below its boiling point.
    Wipe cleaning is not
    included in this definition.
    “Complete combustion” means a process in which all
    carbon contained in a fuel or gas stream is converted
    to carbon dioxide.
    “Component” means, with respect to synthetic organic
    chemical and polymer manufacturing equipment, and
    petroleum refining and related industries,
    any piece of
    equipment which has the potential to leak VON
    including, but not limited to, pump seals,
    compressor
    seals, seal oil degassing vents, pipeline valves,
    pressure
    relief
    devices,
    process
    drains,
    and open ended
    pipes.
    This definition excludes valves which are not
    externally regulated,
    flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid service.
    For purposes of Subpart Q of this
    Part, this definition also excludes bleed ports of gear
    pumps in polymer service.
    “Concrete curing compounds” means any coating applied
    to freshly poured concrete to retard the evaporation of
    water.
    “Condensate” means volatile organic liquid separated
    from its associated gases, which condenses due to
    changes in the temperature or pressure and remains
    124—609

    28
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Continuous process” means, with respect to polystyrene
    resin,
    a method of manufacture in which the styrene raw
    material is delivered on a continuous basis to the
    reactor in which the styrene is polymerized to
    polystyrene.
    “Control device” means equipment (such as an
    afterburner or adsorber) used to remove or prevent the
    emission of air pollutants from a contaminated exhaust
    stream.
    “Control device efficiency” means the ratio of the
    pollution prevented by a control device and the
    pollution introduced to the control device, expressed
    as a percentage.
    “Conveyorized degreasing” means the continuous process
    of cleaning and removing soils from surfaces utilizing
    either cold or vaporized solvents.
    “Crude oil” means
    a
    naturally
    occurring
    mixture
    which
    consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur,
    nitrogen, or
    oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Crude oil gathering” means the transportation of crude
    oil or condensate after custody transfer between a
    production facility and a reception point.
    “Custody transfer” means the transfer of produced
    petroleum and/or condensate after processing and/or
    treating in the producing operations,
    from storage
    tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or
    any other forms of
    transportation.
    “Cutback asphalt” means any asphalt which has been
    liquified by blending with petroleum solvents other
    than residual fuel oil and has not been emulsified with
    water.
    “Daily—weighted average VON content” means the average
    VOM content of two or more coatings as applied on a
    coating line during any day, taking into account the
    fraction of total coating volume that each coating
    represents,
    as calculated with the following equation:
    VOMW
    =
    ~
    VICi)/VT
    124—610

    29
    where:
    VON1,
    =
    The
    average
    VON
    content
    of
    two
    or
    more
    coatings as applied each day on a
    coating line in units of kg VON/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings as
    applied each day on a coating line,
    V~
    The volume of each coating (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of 1
    (gal).
    C1
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of kg VOM/l. (lbs VON/gal) of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    and
    V1
    =
    The
    total
    volume
    of
    all coatings (minus
    water
    and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition
    of
    VOM)
    as
    applied
    each
    day
    on a coating line in units of 1
    (gal).
    “Day” means the consecutive 24 hours beginning at 12:00
    AN
    (midnight)
    local time.
    “Degreaser” means any equipment or system used in
    solvent cleaning.
    “Delivery vessel” means any tank truck or trailer
    equipped with a storage tank that is used for the
    transport of gasoline to a stationary storage tank at a
    gasoline dispensing facility, bulk gasoline plant, or
    bulk gasoline terminal.
    “Dip coating” means a method of applying coatings in
    which the part is submerged in a tank filled with the
    coating.
    “Distillate fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    1 or
    2 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel oil
    ASTN D—369—69 (1971).
    “Dry cleaning facility” means a facility engaged in the
    124—6 11

    30
    cleaning of fabrics using an essentially nonaqueous
    solvent by means of one or more solvent washes,
    extraction of excess solvent by spinning and drying by
    tumbling in an airstream.
    The facility includes, but
    is not limited to, washers,
    dryers,
    filter and
    purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding
    tanks, pumps and attendant piping and valves.
    “Effluent water separator” means any tank,
    box, sump or
    other apparatus in which any organic material floating
    on or entrained or contained in water entering such
    tank, box, sump or other apparatus is physically
    separated and removed from such water prior to outfall,
    drainage or recovery of such water.
    “Electrostatic bell or disc spray” means an
    electrostatic spray coating method in which a
    rapidly-spinning bell- or disc-shaped applicator is
    used to create a fine mist and apply the coating with
    high transfer efficiency.
    “Electrostatic spray” means a spray coating method in
    which opposite electrical charges are applied to the
    substrate and the coating.
    The coating is attracted to
    the object due to the electrostatic potential between
    them.
    “Emission rate” means total quantity of any air
    contaminant discharge into the atmosphere in any
    one—hour period.
    “Emission source” and “source” mean any facility from
    which VOM is emitted or capable of being emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Enamel”
    means
    a
    coating
    that
    cures
    by chemical
    cross-linking
    of. its base resin.
    Enamels can be
    distinguished from lacquers because enamels are not
    readily resoluble in their original solvent.
    “Enclose” means to cover any VOL surface that is
    exposed to the atmosphere.
    “End sealing compound coat” means a compound applied to
    can ends which functions as a gasket when the end is
    assembled onto the can.
    “Excess air” means air supplied in addition to the
    theoretical quantity necessary for complete combustion
    of all fuel and/or combustible waste material.
    “Excessive release” means a discharge of more than 295
    124—6
    12

    31
    g
    (0.65
    lbs)
    of
    mercaptans
    and/or
    hydrogen
    sulfide
    into
    the atmosphere in any 5—minute period.
    “Exterior base coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior of a can body,
    or flat sheet to provide
    protection to the metal or to provide background for
    any lithographic or printing operation.
    “Exterior end coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior end of
    a can to provide protection to the
    metal.
    “External—floating
    roof”
    means
    a cover over an open top
    storage tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon
    single
    deck
    which
    rests
    upon
    and
    is
    supported
    by
    the
    volatile
    organic
    liquid
    being
    contained
    and
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    closure
    seal
    or
    seals
    to close the space between
    the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Extreme environmental conditions” means exposure to
    any or all of the following: ambient weather
    conditions; temperatures consistently above 95°C
    (203°F);detergents; abrasive and scouring agents;
    solvents; or corrosive atmospheres.
    “Extreme performance coating” means any coating which
    during intended use is exposed to extreme environmental
    conditions.
    “Fabric coating” means any coating applied on textile
    fabric.
    Fabric coating includes the application of
    coatings by impregnation.
    “Fabric coating facility” means a facility that
    includes
    one
    or
    more
    fabric
    coating
    lines.
    “Fabric coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative, or functional coating or
    reinforcing material is applied on or impregnated into
    a textile fabric.
    “Federally enforceable” means all limitations and
    conditions which are enforceable by the Administrator
    including those requirements developed pursuant to 40
    CFR Parts 60 and 61; requirements within any applicable
    implementation plan; and any permit requirements
    established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21 or under
    regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR Part 51 Subpart
    I and 40 CFR 51.166.
    “Final repair coat” means the repainting of any topcoat
    which is damaged during vehicle assembly.
    124—613

    32
    “Firebox” means the chamber or compartment of a boiler
    or furnace in which materials are burned, but not the
    combustion chamber or afterburner of an incinerator.
    “Fixed-roof tank” means a cylindrical shell with a
    permanently affixed roof.
    “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique in which the pattern to be applied
    is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier
    is made of elastomeric materials.
    “Flexographic printing line” means a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with raised areas
    for applying an image such as words, designs, or
    pictures to a substrate.
    The image carrier on the roll
    is made of rubber or other elastomeric material.
    “Floating roof” means a roof on a stationary tank,
    reservoir,
    or other container which moves vertically
    upon change in volume of the stored material.
    “Fountain solution” means the solution which is applied
    to the image plate to maintain hydrophilic properties
    of the non—image areas.
    “Freeboard height” means for open top vapor degreasers,
    the distance from the top of the vapor zone to the top
    of the degreaser tank.
    For cold cleaning degreasers,
    the distance from the solvent to the top of the
    degreaser tank.
    “Fuel combustion emission source” means any furnace,
    boiler, or similar equipment used for the primary
    purpose of producing heat or power by indirect heat
    transfer.
    “Fuel gas system” means a system for collection of
    refinery fuel gas including, but not limited to, piping
    for collecting tail gas from various process units,
    mixing drums and controls, and distribution piping.
    “Gas service” means that the component contains process
    fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating
    conditions.
    “Gas/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which rely only on gas phase
    measurements.
    The first method requires construction
    of a temporary total enclosure
    (TTE) to ensure that all
    124—6
    14

    33
    would—be fugitive emissions are measured.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VOM sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed,
    but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate or petroleum
    distillate/alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure
    of 27.6 kPa or greater which is used as a fuel for
    internal combustion engines.
    “Gasoline dispensing facility” means any site where
    gasoline is transferred from a stationary storage tank
    to a motor vehicle gasoline tank used to provide fuel
    to the engine of that motor vehicle.
    “Green tire spraying” means the spraying of green
    tires, both inside and outside, with release compounds
    which help remove air from the tire during molding and
    prevent the tire from sticking to the mold after
    curing.
    “Green tires” means assembled tires before molding and
    curing have occurred.
    “Gross vehicle weight” means the manufacturer’s gross
    weight rating for the individual vehicle.
    “Gross vehicle weight rating” means the value specified
    by the manufacturer as the maximum design loaded weight
    of a single vehicle.
    “Heated airless spray” means an airless spray coating
    method in which the coating is heated just prior to
    application.
    “Heatset” means
    a class of web-offset lithography which
    requires a heated dryer to solidify the printing inks.
    “Heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line” means a
    lithographic printing line in which a blanket cylinder
    is used to transfer ink from a plate cylinder to a
    substrate continuously fed from a roll or an extension
    process and an oven is used to solidify the printing
    inks.
    “Heavy liquid” means liquid with a true vapor pressure
    of less than 0.3 kPa (0.04 psi) at 294.3°K(70°F)
    established in a standard reference text or as
    determined by ASTM method D2879-86
    (incorporated by
    124—615

    34
    reference in Section 219.112); or which has 0.1 Reid
    Vapor Pressure as determined by ASTM method D323-82
    (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112); or
    which when distilled requires a temperature of 421.95°K
    (300°?)or greater to recover 10 percent of the liquid
    as determined by ASTN method D86-82
    (incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112).
    “Heavy off—highway vehicle products” means,
    for the
    purpose of Subpart F of this Part, heavy construction,
    mining,
    farming, or material handling equipment; heavy
    industrial engines; diesel—electric locomotives and
    associated power generation equipment; and the
    components of such equipment or engines.
    “Heavy off-highway vehicle products coating facility”
    means a facility that includes one or more heavy
    off—highway vehicle products coating line(s).
    “Heavy off—highway vehicle products coating line” means
    a coating line in which any protective, decorative,
    or
    functional coating is applied onto the surface of heavy
    off-highway vehicle products.
    “High temperature aluminum coating” means a coating
    that is certified to withstand a temperature of 537.8°C
    (1000°F) for 24 hours.
    “Hood” means a partial enclosure or canopy for
    capturing and exhausting,
    by means of a draft, the
    organic vapors or other fumes rising from a coating
    process or other source.
    “Hood capture efficiency” means the emissions from a
    process which are captured by the hood and directed
    into a control device, expressed as a percentage of all
    emissions.
    “Hot well” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a barometric condenser.
    “Hour” means a block period of 60 minutes (e.g.,
    1:00am
    to 2:00am).
    “In—process tank” means a container used for mixing,
    blending,
    heating, reacting, holding, crystallizing,
    evaporating or cleaning operations in the manufacture
    of pharmaceuticals.
    “In—situ sampling systems” means nonextractive samplers
    or in—line samplers.
    124—616

    35
    “In vacuum service” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart Q
    of this Part, equipment which is operating at an
    internal pressure that is at least
    5 kPa
    (0.73 psia)
    below ambient pressure.
    “Incinerator” means a combustion apparatus in which
    refuse is burned.
    “Indirect heat transfer” means transfer of heat in such
    a way that the source of heat does not come into direct
    contact with process materials.
    “Ink” means a coating used in printing,
    impressing,
    or
    transferring an image onto a substrate.
    “Interior body spray coat” means a coating applied by
    spray to the interior of a can body.
    “Internal—floating roof” means a cover or roof in a
    fixed-roof tank which rests upon and is supported by
    the volatile organic liquid being contained and is
    equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the
    space between the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Lacquers” means any clear wood finishes formulated
    with nitrocellulose or synthetic resins to dry by
    evaporation without chemical reaction, including clear
    lacquer sanding sealers.
    “Large appliance” means any residential and commercial
    washers, dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators, freezers, water
    heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors,
    air
    conditioners, and other similar products.
    “Large
    appliance coating” means any coating applied to
    the component metal parts (including, but not limited
    to,
    doors,
    cases., lids, panels, and interior support
    parts)
    of residential and commercial washers, dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dish
    washers, trash compactors,
    air conditioners, and other
    similar products.
    “Large appliance coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more large appliance coating
    line(s).
    “Large appliance coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of large appliances.
    “Light liquid” means VON in the liquid state which is
    not defined as heavy liquid.
    124—617

    36
    “Light—duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at
    3,850 kg gross vehicle weight or less, designed mainly
    to transport property.
    “Liquid/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which require both gas phase and
    liquid phase measurements and analysis.
    The first
    method requires construction of a TTE.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VON sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed, but all fans and blowers
    within
    the
    room
    must
    be
    operated
    according
    to
    normal
    procedures.
    “Liquid—mounted seal” means a primary seal mounted in
    continuous contact with the liquid between the tank
    wall and the floating roof edge around the
    circumference of the roof.
    “Liquid service” means that the equipment or component
    contains process fluid that is in a liquid state at
    operating conditions.
    “Liquids dripping” means any visible leaking from a
    seal including spraying, misting, clouding and ice
    formation.
    “Lithographic printing line” means a printing line,
    except that the substrate is not necessarily fed from
    an unwinding roll,
    in which each roll printer uses a
    roll where both the image and non—image areas are
    essentially in the same plane
    (planographic).
    “Low solvent coating” means a coating which contains
    less organic solvent than the conventional coatings
    used by the industry.
    Low
    solvent coatings include
    water—borne, higher solids, electro—deposition and
    powder coatings.
    “Magnet wire” means aluminum or copper wire formed into
    an electromagnetic coil.
    “Magnet wire coating” means any coating or electrically
    insulating varnish or enamel applied to magnet wire.
    “Magnet wire coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more magnet wire coating line(s).
    “Magnet wire coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective, decorative, or functional coating
    124—618

    37
    is applied onto the surface of a magnet wire.
    “Malfunction” means any sudden and unavoidable failure
    of air pollution control equipment, process equipment,
    or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner.
    Failures that are caused entirely or in part by poor
    maintenance, careless operation, or any other
    preventable upset condition or preventable equipment
    breakdown shall not be considered malfunctions.
    “Manufacturing process” means a method whereby
    a
    process emission source or series of process emission
    sources
    is
    used
    to
    convert
    raw
    materials,
    feed
    stocks,
    subassemblies,
    or other components into a product,
    either for sale or for use as a component in a
    subsequent manufacturing process.
    “Material recovery section” means any equipment
    designed to transport and recover styrene monomer and
    other impurities from other products and by-products in
    a polystyrene plant,
    including but not limited to the
    styrene devolatilizer unit and styrene recovery unit.
    “Maximum theoretical emissions” means the quantity of
    volatile organic material emissions that theoretically
    could be emitted by a stationary source before add—on
    controls based on the design capacity or maximum
    production capacity of the source and 8760 hours per
    year.
    The design capacity or maximum production
    capacity includes use of coating(s)
    or ink(s) with the
    highest volatile organic material content actually used
    in practice by the source.
    Provided, however, the
    Agency shall, when appropriate, and upon request by the
    permit applicant,
    limit the “maximum theoretical
    emissions” of a source by the imposition of conditions
    in a federally enforceable operating permit for such
    source.
    Such conditions shall not be inconsistent with
    requirement of the Clean Air Act, as amended, or any
    applicable requirements established by the Board.
    Such
    conditions shall be established in place of design
    capacity of maximum production capacity in calculating
    the “maximum theoretical emissions” for such source and
    may include, among other things, the establishment of
    production limitations, capacity limitations, emission
    limitations, or limitations on the volatile organic
    material content of coatings or inks, or the hours of
    operation of any emission source, or a combination of
    any such limitations.
    Production or capacity
    limitations shall be established on basis of no longer
    than one month except in those cases where a limit
    spanning a longer period of time is appropriate.
    In
    such cases,
    a “rolling limit” shall be employed.
    Any
    124—619

    38
    production or
    capacity
    limitations
    shall
    be verified
    through appropriate recordkeeping.
    (Board Note:
    The USEPA may deem operating permits
    which do not conform to the operating permit program
    requirements and the requirements of USEPA’s underlying
    regulations, including the requirement that limitations
    be quantifiable and enforceable as a practical matter,
    not “federally enforceable.”)
    “Metal furniture” means a furniture piece including,
    but not limited to, tables, chairs, waste baskets,
    beds,
    desks,
    lockers, benches,
    shelving, file cabinets,
    lamps, and room dividers.
    “Metal
    furniture
    coating”
    means
    any
    non—adhesive
    coating applied to any furniture piece made of metal or
    any metal part which is or will be
    assembled
    with other
    metal,
    wood,
    fabric, plastic or glass parts to form a
    furniture piece including, but not limited to, tables,
    chairs, waste baskets, beds,
    desks,
    lockers, benches,
    shelving,
    file cabinets,
    lamps, and room dividers.
    This definition shall not apply to any coating line
    coating miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Metal furniture coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more metal furniture coating
    line(s).
    “Metal furniture coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective, decorative,
    or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of metal furniture.
    “Metallic shoe—type seal” means a primary or secondary
    seal constructed of metal sheets
    (shoes) which are
    joined together to form a ring,
    springs, or levers
    which attach the shoes to the floating roof and hold
    the shoes against the tank wall,
    and a coated fabric
    which is suspended from the shoes to the floating roof.
    “Miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process” means:
    A manufacturing process involving one or more of
    the following applications, including any drying
    and curing of formulations, and capable of
    emitting VON:
    Adhesives to fabricate or assemble components
    or products
    Asphalt solutions to paper or fiberboard
    124—620

    39
    Asphalt to paper or felt
    Coatings or dye to leather
    Coatings to plastic
    Coatings to rubber or glass
    Disinfectant material to manufactured items
    Plastic foam scrap or “fluff” from the
    manufacture of foam containers and packaging
    material to form resin pallets
    Resin solutions to fiber substances
    Viscose solutions for food casings
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with the process described above, and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the
    process
    described
    in
    this
    definition.
    “Miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process which compounds one or
    more of the following and is capable of emitting
    VON:
    Adhesives
    Asphalt solutions
    Caulks, sealants, or waterproofing agents
    Coatings, other than paint and ink
    Concrete curing compounds
    Dyes
    Friction materials and compounds
    Resin solutions
    Rubber solutions
    Viscose
    solutions
    124—621

    40
    The storage and handling
    of. formulations
    associated with the process described above,
    and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products” means any metal
    part or metal product, even if attached to or combined
    with a nonmetal part or product, except cans,
    coils,
    metal furniture,
    large appliances, magnet wire,
    automobiles, ships, and airplane bodies.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts and products coating” means
    any coating applied to any metal part or metal product,
    even if attached to or combined with a nonmetal part or
    product, except cans,
    coils, metal furniture,
    large
    appliances,
    and magnet wire.
    Prime coat,
    prime
    surfacer coat, topcoat, and final repair coat for
    automobiles and light—duty trucks are not miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings.
    However, underbody
    anti-chip (e.g., underbody plastisol)
    automobile, and
    light—duty truck coatings are miscellaneous metal parts
    and products coatings.
    Also,
    automobile or light-duty
    truck refinishing coatings, coatings applied to the
    exterior of marine vessels, coatings applied to the
    exterior of airplanes,
    and the customized topcoating of
    automobiles and trucks if production is less than 35
    vehicles per day are not miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coatings.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating
    facility” means a facility that includes one or more
    miscellaneous metal parts or products coating lines.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating line”
    means
    a
    coating
    line
    in
    which
    any
    protective,
    decorative, or functional coating is applied onto the
    surface of miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process which produces by chemical
    reaction, one or more of the following organic
    compounds or mixtures of organic compounds and
    which is capable of emitting VON:
    Chemicals listed in Appendix A of this Part
    Chlorinated and sulfonated compounds
    Cosmetic, detergent,
    soap,
    or surfactant
    124—622

    41
    intermediaries or specialties and products
    Disinfectants
    Food additives
    Oil and petroleum product additives
    Plasticizers
    Resins or polymers
    Rubber additives
    Sweeteners
    Varnishes
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with
    the
    process
    described above and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Monitor”
    means
    to
    measure
    and
    record.
    “Multiple package coating” means a coating made from
    more than one different ingredient which must be mixed
    prior to using and has a limited pot life due to the
    chemical reaction which occurs upon mixing.
    “No detectable volatile organic material emissions”
    means a discharge of volatile organic material into the
    atmosphere as indicated by an instrument reading of
    less than 500 ppm above background as determined in
    accordance with 40 CFR 60.485(c).
    “Offset” means, with respect to printing and publishing
    operations,
    use of a blanket cylinder to transfer ink
    from the plate cylinder to the surface to be printed.
    “Opaque stains” means all stains that are not
    semi—transparent stains.
    “Open top vapor degreasing” means the batch process of
    cleaning and removing soils from surfaces by condensing
    hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.
    “Open—ended valve” means any valve,
    except pressure
    relief devices, having one side of the valve in contact
    with process fluid and one side open to the atmosphere,
    either directly or through open piping.
    124—623

    42
    “Operator of gasoline dispensing facility” means any
    person who is the lessee of or operates, controls or
    supervises a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Organic compound” means any compound of carbon,
    excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
    acid,
    metallic carbides or carbonates, and ammonium
    carbonate.
    “Organic material” means any chemical compound of
    carbon including diluents and thinners which are
    liquids at standard conditions and which are used as
    dissolvers, viscosity reducers, or cleaning agents, but
    excluding methane,
    carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide,
    carbonic acid, metallic carbonic acid, metallic
    carbide, metallic carbonates, and ammonium carbonate.
    “Organic vapor” means the gaseous phase of an organic
    material or a mixture of organic materials present in
    the atmosphere.
    “Oven” means a chamber within which heat is used for
    one or more of the following purposes:
    dry, bake,
    cure,
    or polymerize a coating or ink.
    “Overall control” means the product of the capture
    efficiency and the control device efficiency.
    “Overvarnish” means
    a transparent coating applied
    directly over ink or coating.
    “Owner of gasoline dispensing facility” means any
    person who has legal or equitable title to a stationary
    storage tank at a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Owner or operator” means any person who owns,
    operates, leases,
    controls, or supervises an emission
    source or air pollution control equipment.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
    printing upon paper,
    paper board, metal foil, plastic
    film, and other substrates, which are,
    in subsequent
    operations,
    formed into packaging products or labels
    for articles to be sold.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line in which surface coatings are
    applied to paper, paperboard,
    foil,
    film, or other
    substrates which are to be.used to produce containers,
    packaging products, or labels for articles.
    124—624

    43
    “Paint manufacturing plant” means a plant that mixes,
    blends, or compounds enamels,
    lacquers,
    sealers,
    shellacs, stains, varnishes,
    or pigmented surface
    coatings.
    “Paper coating” means any coating applied on paper,
    plastic film, or metallic foil to make certain
    products, including
    (but not limited to)
    adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards, office copier
    paper, drafting paper, or pressure sensitive tapes.
    Paper coating includes the application of coatings by
    impregnation and/or saturation.
    “Paper coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more paper coating lines.
    “Paper coating line” means
    a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative,
    or functional coating is
    applied on, saturated into, or impregnated into paper,
    plastic
    film,
    or
    metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to) adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards, office copier
    paper, drafting paper, and pressure sensitive tapes.
    “Parts per million (volume)” means a volume/volume
    ratio which expresses the volumetric concentration of
    gaseous air contaminant in a million unit volume of
    gas.
    “Person”
    means
    any
    individual,
    corporation,
    partnership, association,
    State, municipality,
    political subdivision of a State; any agency,
    department,
    or instrumentality of the United States;
    and any officer, agent, or employee thereof.
    “Petroleum” means the crude oil removed from the earth
    and the oils derived from tar sands, shale,
    and coal.
    “Petroleum liquid” means crude oil, condensate or any
    finished or intermediate product manufactured at a
    petroleum refinery, but not including Number
    2 through
    Number
    6 fuel oils as specified in ASTM D-396—69, gas
    turbine fuel oils Numbers 2-GT through 4-GT as
    specified in ASTM D-2880-7l or diesel fuel oils Numbers
    2—D and 4-D, as specified in ASTM D—975—68.
    “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in
    producing gasoline,
    kerosene, distillate fuel oils,
    residual fuel oils,
    lubricants,
    or other products
    through distillation of petroleum,
    or through
    redistillation,
    cracking, or reforming of unfinished
    petroleum derivatives.
    124—625

    44
    “Pharmaceutical” means any compound or mixture, other
    than food, used in the prevention,
    diagnosis,
    alleviation, treatment,
    or cure of disease in human and
    animal.
    “Pharmaceutical coating operation” means a device in
    which a coating is applied to a pharmaceutical,
    including air drying or curing of the coating.
    “Photochemically reactive material” means any organic
    material with an aggregate of more than 20 percent of
    its total volume composed of the chemical compounds
    classified below or the composition of which exceeds
    any of the following individual percentage composition
    limitations.
    Whenever any photochemically reactive
    material or any constituent of any organic material may
    be classified from its chemical structure into more
    than one of the above groups of organic materials it
    shall be considered as a member of the most reactive
    group, that is, the group having the least allowable
    percent
    of the total organic materials.
    A combination of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
    aldehydes,
    esters, ethers or ketones having an
    olefinic or cyclo—olefinic types of unsaturation:
    5 percent.
    This definition does not apply to
    perchloroethylene or trichloroethylene.
    A combination of aromatic compounds with eight or
    more carbon atoms to the molecule except
    ethylbenzene:
    8 percent.
    A combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having
    branched hydrocarbon structures or toluene:
    20
    percent.
    “Pigmented coatings” means opaque coatings containing
    binders and colored pigments which are formulated to
    conceal the wood surface either as an undercoat or
    topcoat.
    “Plant” means all of the pollutant-emitting activities
    which belong to the same industrial grouping, are
    located on one or more contiguous or adjacent
    properties, and are under the control of the same
    person (or persons under common control), except the
    activities of any marine vessel.
    Pollutant—emitting
    activities shall be considered as part of the same
    industrial grouping if they belong to the same “Major
    Group”
    (i.e., which have the same two—digit code) as
    described in the “Standard Industrial Classification
    124—626

    45
    Manual, 1987”
    (incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112).
    “Plasticizers” means a substance added to a polymer
    composition to soften and add flexibility to the
    product.
    “Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture” means the
    production of pneumatic rubber tires with a bead
    diameter up to but not including 20.0 inches and cross
    section dimension up to 12.8 inches, but not including
    specialty tires for antique or other vehicles when
    produced on equipment separate from normal production
    lines for passenger or truck type tires.
    “Polystyrene plant” means any plant using styrene to
    manufacture polystyrene resin.
    “Polystyrene resin” means substance consisting of
    styrene polymer and additives which is manufactured at
    a polystyrene plant.
    “Pressure release” means the emission of materials
    resulting
    from system pressure being greater than set
    pressure of the pressure relief device.
    “Pressure tank” means a tank in which fluids are stored
    at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
    “Prime coat” means the first of two or more coatings
    applied to a surface.
    “Prime surfacer coat” means a coating used to touch up
    areas on the surface of automobile or light—duty truck
    bodies
    not
    adequately
    covered
    by
    the
    prime
    coat
    before
    application of the top coat.
    The prime surfacer coat
    is applied between the prime coat and topcoat.
    An
    anti-chip coating applied to main body parts
    (e.g.,
    rocker panels, bottom of doors and fenders, and leading
    edge of roof)
    is a prime surfacer coat.
    “Primers” means any coatings formulated and applied to
    substrates to provide a
    firm
    bond between the substrate
    and subsequent coats.
    “Printing” means the application of words,
    designs,
    and
    pictures to a substrate using ink.
    “Printing line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more roll printers and any associated
    roll coaters, drying areas,
    and ovens wherein one or
    more coatings are applied, dried,
    and/or cured.
    124—627

    46
    “Process” means any stationary emission source other
    than a fuel combustion emission source or an
    incinerator.
    “Process unit” means components assembled to produce,
    as intermediate or final products, one or more of the
    chemicals listed in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 219 Appendix A.
    A process unit can operate independently if supplied
    with sufficient feed or raw materials and sufficient
    storage facilities for the product.
    “Process unit shutdown” means a work practice or
    operational procedure that stops production from a
    process unit or part of a process unit.
    An unscheduled
    work practice or operational procedure that stops
    production from a process unit or part of a process
    unit for less than 24 hours is not a process unit
    shutdown.
    The use of spare components and technically
    feasible bypassing of components without stopping
    production is not a process unit shutdown.
    “Production equipment exhaust system” means a system
    for collecting and directing into the atmosphere
    emissions of volatile organic material from reactors,
    centrifuges, and other process emission sources.
    “Publication rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line in which coatings are applied
    to paper which is subsequently formed into books,
    magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories,
    newspaper supplements, or other types of printed
    material.
    “Purged process fluid” means liquid or vapor from a
    process unit that contains volatile organic material
    and that results from flushing or cleaning the sample
    line(s)
    of a process unit so that an uncontaminated
    sample may then be taken for testing or analysis.
    “Reactor” means a vat, vessel, or other device in which
    chemical reactions take place.
    “Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)” means
    the lowest emission limitation that an emission source
    is capable of meeting by the application of control
    technology that is reasonably available considering
    technological and economic feasibility.
    “Refiner” means any person who owns,
    leases,
    operates,
    controls, or supervises a refinery.
    124—628

    47
    “Refinery fuel gas” means any gas which is generated by
    a petroleum refinery process unit and which is
    combusted at the refinery,
    including any gaseous
    mixture of natural gas and fuel gas.
    “Refinery unit,
    process unit or unit” means a set of
    components which are a part of a basic process
    operation such as distillation, hydrotreating,
    cracking,
    or reforming of hydrocarbons.
    “Refrigerated condenser” means a surface condenser in
    which the coolant supplied to the condenser has been
    cooled by a mechanical device, other than by a cooling
    tower or evaporative spray cooling, such as
    refrigeration unit or steam chiller unit.
    “Reid vapor pressure” means the standardized measure of
    the vapor pressure of a liquid in pounds per square
    inch absolute
    (psia)
    at 100°F(37.8°C).
    “Repair coatings” means coatings used to correct
    imperfections or damage to furniture surface.
    “Repaired” means, for the purpose of Subpart Q of this
    Part,
    that equipment component has been adjusted, or
    otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak.
    “Residual fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    4,
    5
    and
    6 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel
    oils ASTN D—396—69
    (1971).
    “Retail outlet” means any gasoline dispensing facility
    at which gasoline is sold or offered for sale for use
    in motor vehicles.
    “Roll coater” means an apparatus in which a uniform
    layer of coating, is applied by means of one or more
    rolls across the entire width of a moving substrate
    “Roll printer” means an apparatus used in the
    application of words, designs, or pictures to a
    substrate, usually by means of one or more rolls each
    with only partial coverage.
    “Roll printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate usually by means
    of a series of hard rubber or metal rolls each with
    only partial coverage.
    “Roller coating” means a method of applying a coating
    to a sheet or strip in which the coating is transferred
    by a roller or series of rollers.
    124—629

    48
    “Rolling limit” means that a limit or limitation must
    not exceed an annual limit rolled on a monthly basis;
    that is, a monthly production or capacity level must be
    determined for each parameter subject to a production
    or capacity limitations and added to the eleven prior
    monthly levels for monthly comparison with the annual
    limit.
    “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique in which the pattern to be applied
    is recessed relative to the non—image area.
    “Rotogravure printing line” means a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with recessed areas
    for applying an image to a substrate.
    “Safety relief valve” means a valve which is normally
    closed and which is designed to open in order to
    relieve excessive pressures within a vessel or pipe.
    “Sanding sealers” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to bare wood for sanding and to seal the wood
    for subsequent application of varnish.
    To be
    considered a sanding sealer a coating must be clearly
    labelled as such.
    “Sealer” means a coating containing binders which seals
    wood prior to the application of the subsequent
    coatings.
    “Sensor” means a device that measures a physical
    quantity or the change in a physical quantity such as
    temperature, pressure, flow rate,
    pH, or liquid level.
    “Semi—transparent stains” means stains containing dyes
    or semi—transparent pigments which are formulated to
    enhance wood grain and change the color of the surface
    but not to conceal the surface,
    including,
    but not
    limited to, sap stain, toner, non—grain raising stains,
    pad stain, or spatter stain.
    “Set of safety relief valves” means one or more safety
    relief valves designed to open in order to relieve
    excessive pressures in the same vessel or pipe.
    “Sheet basecoat” means a coating applied to metal when
    the metal is in sheet form to serve as either the
    exterior or interior of a can for either two—piece or
    three—piece cans.
    124—63
    0

    49
    “Side—seam spray coat” means a coating applied to the
    seam of a three—piece can.
    “Single coat” means one coating application applied to
    a metal surface.
    “Solvent”
    means
    a
    liquid
    substance
    that
    is
    used
    to
    dissolve or dilute another substance.
    “Solvent cleaning” means the process of cleaning soils
    from surfaces by cold cleaning, open top vapor
    degreasing,
    or conveyorized degreasing.
    “Specified air contaminant” means any air contaminant
    as to which this Part contains emission standards or
    other specific limitations.
    “Splash loading” means a method of loading a tank,
    railroad tank car, tank truck,
    or trailer by use of
    other than a submerged loading pipe.
    “Stack” means a flue or conduit, free—standing or with
    exhaust port above the roof of the building on which it
    is mounted, by which air contaminants are emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Standard conditions” means a temperature of 70°Fand a
    pressure of 14.7 psia.
    “Standard cubic foot
    (scf)” means the volume of one
    cubic foot of gas at standard conditions.
    “Standard Industrial Classification Manual” means the
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual
    (1987),
    Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
    Office, Washington, DC 20402
    (incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112).
    “Start-up” means the setting in operation of an
    emission source for any purpose.
    “Stationary emission source” and “Stationary source”
    mean an emission source which is not self—propelled.
    “Storage tank or storage vessel” means any stationary
    tank, reservoir or container used for the storage of
    VOL.
    “Styrene devolatilizer unit” means equipment performing
    the function of separating unreacted styrene monomer
    and other volatile components from polystyrene in a
    vacuum devolatilizer.
    124—631

    50
    “Styrene recovery unit” means equipment performing the
    function of separating styrene monomer from other less
    volatile components of the styrene devolatilizer unit’s
    output.
    The separated styrene monomer may be reused as
    a raw material in the polystyrene plant.
    “Submerged loading pipe” means any discharge pipe or
    nozzle which meets either of the following conditions:
    Where the tank is filled from the top, the end of
    the discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally
    submerged when the liquid level is
    15 cm
    (6
    in.)
    above the bottom of the tank.
    Where the tank is filled from the side, the
    discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally submerged
    when the liquid level is 46 cm
    (18 in.) above the
    bottom of the tank.
    “Substrate” means the surface onto which
    a coating is
    applied or into which a coating is impregnated.
    “Surface condenser” means a device which removes a
    substance from a gas stream by reducing the temperature
    of the stream, without direct contact between the
    coolant and the stream.
    “Synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing
    plant” means a plant that produces, as intermediates or
    final products, one or more of the chemicals or
    polymers listed in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 219 Appendix A.
    “Tablet coating operation” means a pharmaceutical
    coating operation in which tablets are coated.
    “Thirty—day rolling average” means any value
    arithmetically averaged over any consecutive
    thirty-days.
    “Three—piece can” means a can which is made from a
    rectangular sheet and two circular ends.
    “Topcoat” means a coating applied in a multiple coat
    operation other than prime coat,
    final repair coat,
    or
    prime surfacer coat.
    “Topcoat operation” means all topcoat spray booths,
    flash-off areas, and bake ovens at a facility which are
    used to apply, dry, or cure the final coatings (except
    final off—line repair) on components of automobile or
    light-duty truck bodies.
    124—632

    51
    “Transfer efficiency” means the ratio of the amount of
    coating solids deposited onto a part or product to the
    total amount of coating solids used.
    “Tread end cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the tire tread ends.
    “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial
    pressure exerted by a volatile organic liquid as
    determined in accordance with methods described in
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks,” second
    edition, February 1980 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112).
    “Turnaround” means the procedure of shutting down an
    operating refinery unit,
    emptying gaseous and liquid
    contents to do inspection, maintenance and repair work,
    and putting the unit back into production.
    “Two—piece can” means a can which is drawn from a
    shallow cup and requires only one end to be attached.
    “Undercoaters” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to substrates to provide a smooth surface for
    subsequent coats.
    “Undertread cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the underside of a tire tread.
    “Unregulated safety relief valve” means a safety relief
    valve which cannot be actuated by a means other than
    high pressure in the pipe or vessel which it protects.
    “Vacuum producing system” means any reciprocating,
    rotary, or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet
    ejector or device that creates suction from a pressure
    below atmospheric and discharges against a greater
    pressure.
    “Valves not externally regulated” means valves that
    have no external controls, such as in—line check
    valves.
    “Vapor balance system” means any combination of pipes
    or hoses which creates a closed system between the
    vapor spaces of an unloading tank and a receiving tank
    such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are
    transferred to the tank being unloaded.
    “Vapor collection system” means all piping,
    seals,
    124—633

    52
    hoses,
    connections, pressure—vacuum vents, and other
    possible sources between the gasoline delivery vessel
    and the vapor processing unit and/or the storage tanks
    and vapor holder.
    “Vapor control system” means any system that limits or
    prevents release to the atmosphere of organic material
    in the vapors displaced from a tank during the transfer
    of gasoline.
    “Vapor-mounted primary seal” means a primary seal
    mounted
    with an air space bounded by the bottom of the
    primary seal,
    the tank wall, the liquid surface and the
    floating roof.
    “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
    capable of collecting all VOM vapors and gases
    discharged from the storage tank and a vapor disposal
    system capable of processing such VON vapors and gases
    so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
    “Vehicle” means a device by which any person or
    property may be propelled, moved, or drawn upon a
    highway, excepting a device moved exclusively by human
    power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or
    tracks.
    “Vinyl coating” means any topcoat or printing ink
    applied to vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    Vinyl
    coating does not include plastisols.
    “Vinyl coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more vinyl coating line(s).
    “Vinyl coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative or functional coating is applied
    onto vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    “Volatile organic liquid” means any substance which is
    liquid at storage conditions and which contains
    volatile organic compounds.
    “Volatile organic material
    (VON)
    or volatile organic
    compound (VOC)” means any organic compound which
    participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions.
    This includes any organic compound other than the
    following compounds:
    methane,
    ethane, methyl
    chloroform (1,1,1-trichloroethane), CFC-113
    (trichlorotrifluoroethane), methylene chloride
    (dichloromethane),
    CFC-ll (trichlorofluoromethane),
    CFC-12
    (dichlorodifluoromethane),
    CFC-22
    (chiorodifluoromethane),
    FC-23
    (trifluoromethane),
    124—634

    53
    CFC—l14
    (dichlorotetrafluoroethane), CFC—l15
    (chioropentafluoroethane), HCFC-12 3
    (dichlorotrifluoroethane), HFC—134a
    (tetrafluoroethane), HCFC-141b (dichlorofluoroethane)
    and HCFC-142b (chlorodifluoroethane).
    These compounds
    have been determined to have negligible photochemical
    reactivity.
    For purposes of determining compliance with emission
    limits, VOC will be measured by the approved test
    methods.
    Where such a method also inadvertently
    measures compounds with negligible photochemical
    reactivity,
    an owner or operator may exclude these
    negligibly reactive compounds when determining
    compliance with an emissions standard.
    “Volatile petroleum liquid” means any petroleum liquid
    with a true vapor pressure that is greater than 1.5
    psia (78 millimeters of mercury) at standard
    conditions.
    “Wash coat” means a coating containing binders which
    seals wood surfaces, prevents undesired staining, and
    controls penetration.
    “Wastewater
    (oil/water) separator” means any device or
    piece of equipment which utilizes the difference in
    density between oil and water to remove oil and
    associated chemicals of water, or any device, such as a
    flocculation tank or a clarifier, which removes
    petroleum derived compounds from waste water.
    “Web” means a substrate which is printed in continuous
    roll-fed presses.
    “Wood furniture” means room furnishings including
    cabinets (kitchen,
    bath,
    and vanity), tables,
    chairs,
    beds,
    sofas, shutters, art objects, wood paneling, wood
    flooring, and any other coated furnishings made of
    wood, wood composition, or fabricated wood materials.
    “Wood furniture coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more wood furniture coating line(s).
    “Wood furniture coating line” means a coating. line in
    which any protective, decorative,
    or functional coating
    is applied onto wood furniture.
    “Woodworking” means the shaping, sawing,
    grinding,
    smoothing, polishing,
    and making into products of any
    form or shape of wood.
    124—635

    54
    Section 219.105
    Test Methods and Procedures
    a)
    Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
    The following test methods and procedures shall be used
    to determine compliance of applied coatings,
    inks,
    and
    fountain solutions with the limitations set forth in
    this Part.
    1)
    Sampling:
    Samples collected for analyses shall be
    one-liter taken into a one—liter container at a
    location and time such that the sample will be
    representative of the coating as applied
    (i.e.,
    the sample shall include any dilution solvent or
    other VON added during the manufacturing process)
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately
    after the sample is taken.
    Any solvent or other
    VON added after the sample is taken must be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations in
    subsection
    (a) (3).
    For multiple package coatings,
    separate samples of each component shall be
    obtained.
    A mixed sample shall not be obtained as
    it will cure in the container.
    Sampling
    procedures shall follow the guidelines presented
    in:
    A)
    ASTM D3925—8l(1985) standard practice for
    sampling liquid paints and related pigment
    coating. This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    ASTM E300-86 standard practice for sampling
    industrial chemicals. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    2)
    Analyses:
    The applicable analytical methods
    specified below shall be used to determine the
    composition of coatings,
    inks, or fountain
    solutions as applied.
    A)
    Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used to determine the VON content
    and density of coatings.
    If it is
    demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
    Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24
    results,
    formulation data may be used.
    In
    the event of any inconsistency between a
    Method 24 test and a facility’s formulation
    data, the Method 24 test will govern.
    124—63
    6

    55
    B)
    Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used to determine the VON content
    and density of rotogravure printing inks and
    related coatings.
    If it is demonstrated to
    the satisfaction of the Agency and USEPA that
    the plant coating formulation data are
    equivalent to Method 24A results,
    formulation
    data may be used.
    In the event of any
    inconsistency between a Method 24A test and a
    facility’s formulation data,
    the Method 24A
    test will govern.
    C)
    The following ASTM methods are the analytical
    procedures for determining VON:
    1)
    ASTM Dl475-85: Standard test method for
    density of paint, varnish, lacquer and
    related products.
    This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    ii)
    ASTM D2369-87: Standard test method for
    volatile content of a coating. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112.
    iii) ASTM D3792-86: Standard test method for
    water content of water—reducible paints
    by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph. This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    iv)
    ASTM D4017—8l(1987):
    Standard test
    method for water content in paints and
    paint materials by the Karl Fischer
    method. This test method is incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112.
    v)
    ASTN D4457—85: Standard test method for
    determination of dichloromethane and
    1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph.
    (The procedure
    delineated above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON.)
    This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    vi)
    ASTM D2697—86: Standard test method for
    124—637

    56
    volume non—volatile matter in clear or
    pigmented coatings.
    This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    vii) ASTN D3980-87: Standard practice for
    interlaboratory testing of paint and
    related materials. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    viii)
    ASTM E180—85: Standard practice for
    determining the precision data of
    ASTN methods for analysis of and
    testing of industrial chemicals.
    This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112..
    ix)
    ASTM D2372-85: Standard method of
    separation of vehicle from
    solvent-reducible paints. This method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    D)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical
    methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) may not be used unless approved
    by the Agency and USEPA.
    An owner or
    operator must submit sufficient documentation
    for the Agency and USEPA to find’ that the
    analytical methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) will yield inaccurate
    results and that the proposed adaptation is
    appropriate.
    3)
    Calculations:
    Calculations for determining the
    VOM content, water content and the content of any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON of coatings, inks and fountain
    solutions as applied shall follow the guidance
    provided in the following documents.
    A)
    “A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation”,
    EPA-340/l-86—016,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of
    Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint,
    Ink and Other Coatings” (revised June 1986),
    EPA-450/3-84-019, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    124—638

    57
    C)
    “A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations”,
    August 1988, EPA—340/l-88—003,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112
    b)
    Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
    The protocol for testing,
    including determining the
    transfer efficiency, of coating applicators at topcoat
    coating operations at an automobile assembly facility
    shall follow the procedure in:
    “Protocol for
    Determining the Daily Volatile Organic Compound
    Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck
    Topcoat Operations”, December 1988, EPA—450/3—88-018,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    c)
    Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
    1)
    Applicability
    The requirements of subsection
    (C)
    (2)
    shall apply
    to all VON emitting processes employing capture
    equipment
    (e.g., hoods, ducts), except those cases
    noted below.
    A)
    If a source installs a permanent total
    enclosure (PTE) that meets Agency and USEPA
    specifications, and which directs all VON to
    a control device, then the source is exempted
    from the requirements described in subsection
    (c) (2).
    The Agency and USEPA specifications
    to determine whether a structure is
    considered a
    PTE
    are given in Procedure T of
    Appendix B of this Part.
    In this instance,
    the capture efficiency is assumed to be 100
    percent and the source is still required to
    measure control efficiency using appropriate
    test methods as specified in subsection
    (d).
    B)
    If a source uses a control device designed to
    collect and recover VOM (e.g., carbon
    adsorber),
    an explicit measurement of capture
    efficiency is not necessary provided that the
    conditions given below are met.
    The overall
    control of the system can be determined by
    directly comparing the input liquid VON to
    the recovered liquid VOM.
    The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given
    in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112, with the following
    additional restrictions:
    i)
    The source must be able to equate
    124—639

    58
    solvent usage with solvent recovery on a
    24—hour (daily) basis, rather than a
    30-day weighted average, within 72 hours
    following the 24—hour period.
    In
    addition, one of the following two
    criteria must be met:
    ii)
    The solvent recovery system (i.e.,
    capture and control system) must be
    dedicated to a single process line
    (e.g., one process line venting to a
    carbon adsorber system), or
    iii)
    If the solvent recovery system controls
    multiple process lines, then the source
    must be able to demonstrate that the
    overall control
    (i.e., the total
    recovered solvent VON divided by the sum
    of liquid VON input to all process lines
    venting to the control system) meets or
    exceeds the most stringent standard
    applicable for any process line venting
    to the control system.
    2)
    Specific Requirements
    The capture efficiency of a process line shall be
    measured using one of the four protocols given
    below.
    Any
    error margin associated with a test
    protocol may not be incorporated into the results
    of a capture efficiency test.
    If these techniques
    are not suitable for a particular process, then
    the source may use an alternative capture
    efficiency protocol, provided that the alternative
    protocol is approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    A)
    Gas/gas method using temporary total
    enclosure
    (TTE).
    The Agency and USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given in Procedure T of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be
    used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    Gw/(Gw
    + Fw)
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    Gw
    =
    mass of VOM captured and delivered
    to control device using a TTE
    124—640

    59
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from a TTE
    Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of this
    Part is used to obtain Gw.
    Procedure F.1 in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain Fw.
    B)
    Liquid/gas method using TTE.
    The Agency and
    USEPA specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a
    TTE
    are
    given in Procedure T of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be
    used for this protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    -
    F~)/L
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass of liquid VOM input to
    process
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from a TTE
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    Part is used to obtain L.
    Procedure F.1 in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain Fw.
    C)
    Gas/gas method using the building or room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “G” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to be used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    G/(G
    +
    FB)
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    G
    =
    mass of VON captured and
    delivered to control device
    FB
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of this
    124—641

    60
    Part is used to obtain G.
    Procedure F.2 in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain FB.
    D)
    Liquid/gas method using the building or room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “L” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to be used for this protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    FB)/L
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    mass of liquid VON input to
    process
    F8
    =
    mass of fugitive VOM that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    section is used to obtain L.
    Procedure F.2
    in Appendix B of this section is used to
    obtain FB.
    3)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    A)
    All affected facilities must maintain a copy
    of the capture efficiency protocol submitted
    to the Agency and the USEPA on file.
    All
    results of the appropriate test methods and
    capture efficiency protocols must be reported
    to the Agency within sixty
    (60) days of the
    test date.
    A copy of the results must be
    kept on file with the source for a period of
    three
    (3) years.
    B)
    If any changes are made to capture or control
    equipment, then the source is required to
    notify the Agency and the USEPA of these
    changes and a new test may be required by the
    Agency or the USEPA.
    C)
    The source must notify the Agency 30 days
    prior to performing any capture efficiency or
    control test.
    At that time,
    the source must
    notify the Agency which capture efficiency
    protocol and control device test methods will
    124—642

    61
    be used.
    D)
    Sources utilizing a
    PTE
    must demonstrate that
    this enclosure meets the requirement given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a
    PTE
    during any testing of their control
    device.
    E)
    Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that
    their TTE meets the requirements given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a TTE during testing of their control device.
    The source must also provide documentation
    that the quality assurance criteria for a TTE
    have been achieved.
    d)
    Control Device Efficiency Testing and Monitoring
    1)
    The control device efficiency shall be determined
    by simultaneously measuring the inlet and outlet
    gas phase VON concentrations and gas volumetric
    flow rates
    in accordance with the gas phase test
    methods specified in subsection (f).
    2)
    Any owner or operator that uses an afterburner or
    carbon adsorber to comply with any Section of this
    Part shall use USEPA approved continuous
    monitoring equipment which is installed,
    calibrated, maintained,
    and operated according to
    vendor specifications at all times the afterburner
    or carbon adsorber is in use.
    The continuous
    monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
    A)
    Combustion chamber temperature of each
    afterburner.
    B)
    Temperature rise across each catalytic
    afterburner bed or VOM concentration of
    exhaust.
    C)
    The VON concentration of each carbon
    adsorption bed exhaust.
    e)
    Overall Efficiency
    1)
    The overall efficiency of the emission control
    system shall be determined as the product of the
    capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol
    as specified in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112,
    (and revised by
    124—643

    62
    subsection
    (c) (1) (B)
    for each solvent recovery
    system.
    In those cases in which the overall
    efficiency
    is being determined for an entire line,
    the capture efficiency used to calculate the
    product of the capture and control efficiency is
    the total capture efficiency over the entire line.
    2)
    For coating lines which are both chosen by the
    owner or operator to comply with Section
    219.207(a),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f), or
    (g) by the
    alternative in Section 219.207(b) (2) and meet the
    criteria allowing them to comply with Section
    219.207 instead of Section 219.204, the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and control
    device, as determined by the test methods and
    procedures specified in subsections
    (c),
    (d) and
    (e) (1), shall be no less than the equivalent
    overall efficiency which shall be calculated by
    the following equation:
    E
    =
    (VON8
    -
    VOM~/VOM8)
    x 100
    where:
    E
    =
    Equivalent overall efficiency of the
    capture system and control device as a
    percentage,
    VOM8
    =
    Actual VON content of a coating, or the
    daily-weighted average VON content of
    two or more coatings
    (if more than one
    coating is used), as applied to the
    subject coating line as determined by
    the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in subsection
    (a) (4) (i)
    of this Part in units of kg
    VON/l
    (lb VON/gal)
    of coating solids as
    applied,
    VON1
    =
    The VON emission limit specified in
    Section 219.207(a)
    or
    (b)
    in units of kg
    VON/i
    (lb VON/gal) of coating solids as
    applied.
    f)
    Volatile Organic Naterial Gas Phase Source Test Methods
    The methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112 delineated below shall
    be used to determine control device efficiencies.
    1)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 18,
    25 or 25A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 as
    124—644

    63
    appropriate to the conditions at the site,
    shall
    be used to determine VOM concentration.
    Method
    selection shall be based on consideration of the
    diversity of organic species present and their
    total concentration and on consideration of the
    potential presence of interfering gases.
    Except
    as indicated in subsections
    (f) (1) (A) and
    (B)
    below,
    the test shall consist of three separate
    runs, each lasting a minimum of 60 mm, unless the
    Agency and the USEPA determine that process
    variables dictate shorter sampling times.
    A)
    When the method is to be used to determine
    the efficiency of a carbon adsorption system
    with a common exhaust stack for all the
    individual adsorber vessels, the test shall
    consist of three separate runs, each
    coinciding with one or more complete
    sequences through the adsorption cycles of
    all the individual adsorber vessels.
    B)
    When the method is to be used to determine
    the efficiency of a carbon adsorption system
    with individual exhaust stacks for each
    adsorber vessel, each adsorber vessel shall
    be tested individually.
    The test for each
    adsorber vessel shall consist of three
    separate runs.
    Each run shall coincide with
    one or more complete adsorption cycles.
    2)
    40 CFR Part
    60, Appendix A, Method
    1 or 1A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used for sample and velocity traverses.
    3)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    2,
    2A, 2C or
    2D, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used for velocity and volumetric flow
    rates.
    4)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 3, incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112, shall be used for
    gas analysis.
    5)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 4,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112, shall be used for
    stack gas moisture.
    6)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Methods
    2, 2A,
    2C,
    2D,
    3 and 4, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112, shall be performed, as applicable,
    at
    least twice during each test run.
    124—645

    64
    7)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods
    specified in subsections
    (f) (1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5) and
    (6) may not be used unless approved by the
    Agency and the USEPA.
    An owner or operator must
    submit sufficient documentation for the Agency and
    the USEPA to find that the test methods specified
    in subsections
    (f)(1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5) and
    (6)
    will yield inaccurate results and that the
    proposed adaptation is appropriate.
    g)
    Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material
    Owners or operators required by this Part to carry out
    a leak detection monitoring program shall comply with
    the following requirements:
    1)
    Leak Detection Monitoring
    A)
    Monitoring shall comply with 40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A, Method 21, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    The detection instrument shall meet the
    performance criteria of Nethod 21.
    C)
    The instrument shall be calibrated before use
    on each day of its use by the methods
    specified in Method 21.
    D)
    Calibration gases shall be:
    i)
    Zero air (less than loppm of hydrocarbon
    in air); and
    ii)
    A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air
    at a concentration of approximately, but
    no less than,
    10,000 ppm methane or
    n-hexane.
    E)
    The instrument probe shall be traversed
    around all potential leak interfaces as close
    possible as described in Method 21.
    2)
    When equipment is tested for compliance with no
    detectable emissions as required, the test shall
    comply with the following requirements:
    A)
    The requirements of subsections
    (g) (1) (A)
    through
    (g) (1) (E)
    above shall apply.
    B)
    The background level shall be determined as
    set forth
    in Method 21.
    124—646

    65
    3)
    Leak detection tests shall be performed consistent
    with:
    A)
    “APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile
    Organic Compound Emissions from Leaking
    Process Equipment”,
    EPA-450/2—82-015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Portable Instrument User’s Manual for
    Monitoring VOC Sources”, EPA-340/1—86-0l5,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    C)
    “Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific
    Emission Estimates for Equipment Leaks of VOC
    and VHAP”, EPA-450/3-88—010,
    incorporated by
    reference
    in Section 219.112.
    D)
    “Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual”,
    EPA-340/l-80-008,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.122.
    h)
    Bulk Gasoline Delivery System Test Protocol
    1)
    The method for determining the emissions of
    gasoline from a vapor recovery system are
    delineated in 40 CFR 60, Subpart XX, Section
    60.503, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    2)
    Other tests shall be performed consistent with:
    A)
    “Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile
    Organic Emissions from Gasoline Marketing
    Operations:
    Appendix D”, EPA-340/1-80-0l2,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck
    Gasoline Loading Terminals: Appendix A”,
    EPA-450/2-77-026,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    i)
    Notwithstanding other requirements of this Part, upon
    request of the Agency where it is necessary to
    demonstrate compliance,
    an owner or operator of an
    emission source which is subject to this Part shall,
    at
    his own expense, conduct tests in accordance with the
    applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    this Part.
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the
    authority of the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act,
    as amended, to require testing.
    124—647

    66
    Section 219.106
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance with the requirements of all rules is required by May
    15,
    1992, consistent with the provisions of Section 219.103.
    Section 219.107
    Afterburners
    The operation of any natural gas fired afterburner and capture
    system used to comply with this Part is not required during the
    period of November
    1 of any year to April
    1 of the following year
    provided that the operation of such devices is not required for
    purposes of occupational safety or health, or for the control of
    toxic substances, odor nuisances, or other regulated pollutants.
    Section 219.108
    Exemptions, Variations,
    and Alternative Means
    of Control or Compliance Determinations
    Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Sections of this
    Part,
    any exemptions, variations or alternatives to the control
    requirements, emission limitations, or test methods set forth in
    this Part shall be effective only when approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.109
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    a)
    If the VOL consists of only a single compound, the
    vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method
    D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a published
    source such as:
    Boublik,
    T., V. Fried and E.
    Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A. Dean,
    editor,
    NcGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1985).
    b)
    If the VOL is a mixture, the vapor pressure shall be
    determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112) or by the following
    equation:
    Pvot
    =
    j~i
    Xi
    where:
    P~,01
    =Total vapor pressure of the mixture,
    n
    =
    Number of components in the
    124—648

    67
    mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    =
    Vapor pressure of a component
    determined in accordance with
    Subpart A of this Part
    =
    Mole fraction of the component in
    the total mixture.
    Section 219.110
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvent
    a)
    If the organic material or solvent consists of only a
    single compound, the vapor pressure shall be determined
    by ASTN Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained
    from a published source such as:
    Boublik, T.,
    V. Fried
    and E. Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,”
    Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., New York (1973);
    Perry’s Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book
    Company (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986—87);
    and
    Lange’s Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean, editor,
    McGraw—Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of both organic material compounds and compounds
    which are not organic material, the vapor pressure
    shall be determined by the following equation:
    n
    EP.X.
    P
    ~
    I
    I
    cm
    n
    EX.
    1=1
    where:
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture which is composed of organic
    material,
    n
    =
    Number of organic material components in
    the mixture,
    I
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    124—649

    68
    P~
    =
    Vapor pressure of an organic material
    component determined in accordance with
    Subpart A of this Part,
    =Nole fraction of the organic material
    component of the total mixture.
    c)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of only organic material compounds, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86
    (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112) or by
    the above equation.
    Section 219.111
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    a)
    If the VON consists of only a single compound, the
    vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method
    D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a published
    source such as:
    Boublik, T.,
    V. Fried and E. Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean, editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the VON is in a mixture made up of both VON
    compounds and compounds which are not VON, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by the following equation:
    n
    EP~X1
    =
    i1
    n
    EX1
    i =1
    where:
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture which is composed of VON,
    n
    =
    Number of VOM components in the mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P1
    =
    Vapor pressure of a VON component
    determined in accordance with Subpart A
    124—650

    69
    of this Part,
    X~
    =
    Mole fraction of the VOM component of
    the total mixture.
    c)
    If the VON is in a mixture made up of only VOM
    compounds,
    the vapor pressure shall be determined by
    ASTN Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112) or by the above equation.
    Section 219.112
    Incorporations by Reference
    The following materials are incorporated by reference.
    These
    incorporations include no later amendments or editions.
    a)
    American Society for Testing and Materials,
    1916 Race
    Street,
    Philadelphia, PA 19103:
    1)
    ASTM D2879—86
    2)
    ASTM D323—82
    3)
    ASTN D86—82
    4)
    ASTN D—369—69
    (1971)
    5)
    ASTM D—396—69
    6)
    ASTM D2880—7l
    7)
    ASTM D—975—68
    8)
    ASTN D3925—81
    (1985)
    9)
    ASTN E300—86
    10)
    ASTN Dl475—85
    11)
    ASTM D2369—87
    12)
    ASTN D3792—86
    13)
    ASTM D40l7—81 (1987)
    14)
    ASTM D4457—85
    15)
    ASTM D2697—86
    16)
    ASTM D3980—87
    17)
    ASTM E180—85
    18)
    ASTN D2372—85
    19)
    ASTM D97—66
    20)
    ASTN E—l68
    21)
    ASTM E—169
    22)
    ASTM E—260
    23)
    ASTN D2504—83
    24)
    ASTN D2382—83
    b)
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by
    Executive Office of the President, Office of Management
    and Budget, Washington,
    D.C.,
    1987.
    c)
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks”, Second
    ed., February,
    1980.
    d)
    40 CFR 60
    (July 1,
    1990).
    124—65
    1

    70
    e)
    40 CFR 61
    (July
    1,
    1990).
    f)
    40 CFR 50
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    g)
    40 CFR 51
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    h)
    40 CFR 52
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    i)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—340/1—86—016.
    j)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—450/3—84-019.
    k)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—340/l-88-003.
    1)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—450/3—88-018.
    m)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C., EPA—450/2—78—029.
    n)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C., EPA—450/2—78-051.
    o)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C., EPA-450/3-82—009.
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section 219.121
    Storage Containers
    No person shall cause or allow the storage of any VOL with a
    vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3°K
    (70°F)or any gaseous orga.nic material in any stationary tank,
    reservoir or other container of more than 151 cubic meters
    (40,000 gal) capacity unless such tank, reservoir or other
    container:
    a)
    Is a pressure tank capable of withstanding the vapor
    pressure of such liquid or the pressure of the gas,
    so
    as to prevent vapor or gas loss to the atmosphere at
    all times;
    or,
    b)
    Is designed and equipped with one of the following
    vapor loss control devices:
    1)
    A floating roof which rests on the surface of the
    VOL and is equipped with a closure seal or seals
    between the roof edge and the tank wall.
    Such
    124—652

    71
    floating roof shall not be permitted if the VOL
    has a vapor pressure of 86.19 kPa (12.5 psia) or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F). No person shall cause
    or allow the emission of air contaminants into the
    atmosphere from any gauging or sampling devices
    attached to such tanks,
    except during sampling or
    maintenance operations.
    2)
    A vapor recovery system consisting of:
    A)
    A vapor gathering system capable of
    collecting 85
    or more of the uncontrolled
    VON that would be otherwise emitted to the
    atmosphere; and,
    B)
    A vapor disposal system capable of processing
    such VON so as to prevent its emission to the
    atmosphere.
    No person shall cause or allow
    the emission of air contaminants into the
    atmosphere from any gauging or sampling
    devices attached to such tank, reservoir or
    other container except during sampling.
    3)
    Other equipment or means of equal efficiency
    approved by the Agency according to the provisions
    of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further processed
    consistent with Section 219.108.
    Section 219.122
    Loading Operations
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more
    than 3.6 kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr) of organic material into the
    atmosphere during the loading of any organic material
    from the aggregate loading pipes of any loading
    facility having through-put of greater than 151 cubic
    meters per day
    (40,000 gal/day)
    into any railroad tank
    car, tank truck or trailer unless such loading facility
    is equipped with submerged loading pipes, submerged
    fill or a device that is equally effective in
    controlling emissions and is approved by the Agency
    according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201,
    and further processed consistent with Section 219.108.
    b)
    No person shall cause or allow the loading of any
    organic material into any stationary tank having a
    storage capacity of greater than 946
    1 (250 gal),
    unless such tank is equipped with
    a permanent submerged
    loading pipe, submerged fill or an equivalent device
    approved by the Agency according to the provisions of
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further processed consistent
    with Section 219.108, or unless such tank is a pressure
    tank as described in Section 219.121(a)
    or is fitted
    124—653

    72
    with a recovery system as described in Section
    219.121(b) (2).
    c)
    Exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists the limitations
    of this Section shall only apply to the loading of VOL
    with a vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F).
    Section 219.123
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    a)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall not apply to
    any stationary storage tank:
    1)
    Equipped before January
    1,
    1979 with one of the.
    vapor loss control devices specified in Section
    219.121(b),
    except Section 219.121(b) (1);
    2)
    With a capacity of less than 151.42 cubic meters
    (40,000 gal);
    3)
    With a capacity of less than 1,600 cubic meters
    (422,400 gal) and used to store produced crude oil
    and condensate prior to custody transfer;
    4)
    With a capacity of less than 1,430 cubic meters
    (378,000 gal) and used to store produced oil or
    condensate in crude oil gathering;
    5)
    Subject to new source performance standards for
    storage vessels of petroleum liquid,
    35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 230;
    6)
    In which volatile petroleum liquid is not stored;
    or
    7)
    Which is a pressure tank as described in Section
    219.121(a).
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (a) no owner or operator of a
    stationary storage tank shall cause or allow the
    storage of any VOL in the tank unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with one of the vapor loss
    control devices specified in Section 219.121(b);
    2)
    There are no visible holes, tears or other defects
    in the seal or any seal fabric or material of any
    floating roof;
    3)
    All openings of any floating roof deck,
    except
    stub drains, are equipped with covers,
    lids or
    seals such that:
    124~654

    73
    A)
    The cover,
    lid or seal is in the closed
    position at all times except when petroleum
    liquid is transferred to or from the tank;
    B)
    Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all
    times except when the roof is floated off or
    landed on the roof leg supports; and
    C)
    Rim vents,
    if provided, are set to open when
    the roof is being floated off the roof leg
    supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended
    setting;
    4)
    Routine inspections of floating roof seals are
    conducted through roof hatches once every six
    months;
    5)
    A complete inspection of the cover and seal of any
    floating roof tank is made whenever the tank is
    emptied for reasons other than the transfer of
    petroleum liquid during the normal operation of
    the tank,
    or whenever repairs are made as a result
    of any semi—annual inspection or incidence of roof
    damage or defect; and
    6)
    A record of the results of each inspection
    conducted under subsection
    (b) (4) or
    (b) (5)
    is
    maintained.
    c)
    Owners and operators of petroleum liquid storage tanks
    were required to have compliance schedules as
    summarized in Appendix C, to 35 Ill Adin. Code 215.
    Section 219.124
    External Floating Roofs
    a)
    In addition to meeting the requirements of Section
    219.123(b), no owner or operator of a stationary
    storage tank equipped with an external floating roof
    shall cause or allow the storage of any volatile
    petroleum liquid in the tank unless:
    1)
    The tank has been fitted with a continuous
    secondary seal extending from the floating roof to
    the tank wall (rim mounted secondary seal) or any
    other device which controls VON emissions with an
    effectiveness equal to or greater than a rim
    mounted secondary seal;
    2)
    Each seal closure device meets the following
    requirements:
    124—655

    74
    A)
    The seal is intact and uniformly in place
    around the circumference of the floating roof
    between the floating roof and tank wall; and
    B)
    The accumulated area of gaps exceeding 0.32
    centimeter
    (1/8 inch)
    in width between the
    secondary seal and the tank wall shall not
    exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of
    tank diameter (1.0 square inches per foot of
    tank diameter).
    3)
    Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted
    membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers across
    at least 90 percent of the area of the opening;
    4)
    Openings are equipped with projections into the
    tank which remain below the liquid surface at all
    times;
    5)
    Inspections are conducted prior to May
    1 of each
    year to insure compliance with subsection
    (a);
    6)
    The secondary seal gap is measured prior to May 1
    of each year;
    7)
    Records of the types of volatile petroleum liquid
    stored, the maximum true vapor pressure of the
    liquid as stored, the results of the inspections
    and the results of the secondary seal gap
    measurements are maintained and available to the
    Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time for a minimum of two years after
    the date on which the record was made.
    b)
    Subsection
    (a) does not apply to any stationary storage
    tank equipped with an external floating roof:
    1)
    Exempted under Section 219.123(a) (2) through
    219.123 (a) (6);
    2)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type shoe seal having a secondary seal from the
    top of the shoe seal to the tank wall
    (shoe—mounted secondary seal);
    3)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type shoe seal,
    a liquid—mounted foam seal,
    a
    liquid-mounted liquid-filled-type seal, or other
    closure device of equivalent control efficiency
    approved by the Agency in which a petroleum liquid
    with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa
    (4.0
    psia)
    at 294.3°K(70°F) is stored; or
    124—656

    75
    4)
    Used to store crude oil with a pour point of 50°F
    or higher as determined by ASTM Standard D97-66
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    Section 218.125
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart B as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.126
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source previously
    subject to Section 215.125 shall have submitted to the
    Agency a compliance plan as required by 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 201.241,
    including a project completion schedule
    where applicable,
    no later than April 21, 1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to the rules
    specified in subsection
    (a) may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201.241 including specific interim dates
    as required in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section 219.141
    Separation Operations
    a)
    No person shall use any single or multiple compartment
    effluent water separator which receives effluent water
    containing 757 1/day
    (200 gal/day) or more of organic
    material from any equipment processing, refining,
    treating, storing or handling organic material unless
    such effluent water separator is equipped with air
    pollution control equipment capable of reducing by 85
    percent or more the uncontrolled organic material
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Exception:
    If no odor
    nuisance exists the limitations of this subsection
    shall not apply if the vapor pressure of the organic
    material is below 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    at 294.3°K
    (70°F).
    b)
    Subsection
    (a)
    shall not apply to water and crude oil
    separation in the production of Illinois crude oil,
    if
    the vapor pressure of such crude oil is less than 34.5
    kPa
    (5 psia).
    124—657

    76
    Section 219.142
    Pumps and Compressors
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 32.8 ml
    (2 cu in) of VOL with vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F) into the atmosphere from any pump or
    compressor in any 15 minute period at standard conditions.
    Section 219.143
    Vapor Blowdown
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of organic material
    into the atmosphere from any vapor blowdown system or any safety
    relief valve,
    except such safety relief valves not capable of
    causing an excessive release, unless such emission is controlled:
    a)
    To 10 ppm equivalent methane (molecular weight 16.0)
    or
    less;
    or,
    b)
    By combustion in a smokeless flare;
    or,
    c)
    By other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 201, and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Section 219.144
    Safety Relief Valves
    Section 219.143 shall not apply to any set of unregulated safety
    relief valves capable of causing excessive releases, provided the
    owner or operator thereof, by October
    1, 1972, supplied the
    Agency with the following:
    a)
    A historical record of each such set
    (or,
    if such
    records were unavailable,
    of similar sets which, by
    virtue of operation under similar circumstances, may
    reasonably have been presumed to have the same or
    greater frequency of excessive releases)
    for a
    three-year period immediately preceding October
    1,
    1972,
    indicating:
    1)
    Dates on which excessive releases occurred from
    each such set;
    and,
    2)
    Duration in minutes of each such excessive
    release; and,
    3)
    Quantities
    (in pounds) of mercaptans and/or
    hydrogen sulfide emitted into the atmosphere
    during each such excessive release.
    b)
    Proof, using such three—year historical records, that
    no excessive release is likely to occur from any such
    set either alone or in combination with such excessive
    124—658

    77
    releases from other sets owned or operated by the same
    person and located within a ten—mile radius from the
    center point of any such set, more frequently than 3
    times in any 12 month period;
    c)
    Accurate maintenance records pursuant to the
    requirements of subsection
    (a); and,
    d)
    Proof, at three—year intervals, using such three—year
    historical records, that such set conforms to the
    requirements of subsection
    (c).
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section 219.181
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to all cold
    cleaning, open top vapor degreasing,
    and conveyorized degreasing
    operations.
    Section 219.182
    Cold Cleaning
    a)
    Operating Procedures:
    No person shall operate a cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    2)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when parts
    are not being handled; and
    3)
    Parts are drained until dripping ceases.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate a cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover which is
    closed whenever parts are not being handled in the
    cleaner.
    The cover shall be designed to be easily
    operated with one hand or with the mechanical
    assistance of springs, counter—weights or a
    powered system if:
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is greater than
    2
    kPa
    (15
    mmHg
    or 0.3 psi) measured at 38°C
    (100°F);
    B)
    The solvent is agitated; or
    C)
    The solvent is heated above ambient room
    124—659

    78
    temperature.
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with a facility for
    draining cleaned parts.
    The drainage facility
    shall be constructed so that parts are enclosed
    under the cover while draining unless:
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is less than 4.3
    kPa
    (32
    mmHg
    or 0.6 psi) measured at 38°C
    (100°F);or
    B)
    An internal drainage facility cannot be
    fitted into
    the
    cleaning system,
    in which
    case the drainage facility may be external.
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices if the vapor pressure of
    the solvent is greater than 4.3 kPa
    (32
    mmHg
    or
    0.6 psi) measured at 38°C(100°F)or if the
    solvent is heated above 50°C(120°F)or its
    boiling point:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 7/10 of the inside
    width of the tank or 91 cm
    (36 in), whichever
    is less; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such a system may include a water
    cover, refrigerated chiller or carbon
    adsorber.
    4)
    A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the
    operating procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
    and
    5)
    If a solvent spray is used, the degreaser is
    equipped with a solid fluid stream spray,
    rather
    than a fine, atomized or shower spray.
    Section 219.183
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open top vapor degreaser unless:
    1)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when
    workloads are not being processed through the
    degreaser;
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    124—660

    79
    A)
    Racking parts to allow complete drainage;
    B)
    Moving parts in and out of the degreaser at
    less than 3.3 m/min
    (11 ft/mm);
    C)
    Holding the parts in the vapor zone until
    condensation ceases;
    D)
    Tipping out any pools of solvent on the
    cleaned parts before removal from the vapor
    zone; and,
    E)
    Allowing parts to
    dry
    within the degreaser
    until visually dry.
    3)
    Porous or absorbent materials,
    such as cloth,
    leather, wood or rope are not degreased;
    4)
    Less than half of the degreaser’s open top area is
    occupied with
    a workload;
    5)
    The degreaser is not loaded to the point where the
    vapor level would drop more than 10 cm
    (4
    in) when
    the workload is removed from the vapor zone;
    6)
    Spraying is done below the vapor level only;
    7)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    8)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    9)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and
    10)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65
    cubic
    feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of degreaser open area is not
    used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of
    the Occupational Safety and Health Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open top vapor degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover designed to
    open and close easily without disturbing the vapor
    zone;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    124—661

    80
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level; and
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray pump if
    the vapor level drops more than 10 cm
    (4
    in)
    below the bottom condenser coil; and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level.
    3)
    A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the
    operating procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following devices:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 3/4 of the inside width
    of the degreaser tank or 91 cm
    (36 in),
    whichever is less; and if the degreaser
    opening is greater than 1 square meter
    (10.8
    ft2),
    a powered or mechanically assisted
    cover; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include a refrigerated chiller, an enclosed
    design or a carbon adsorption system.
    Section 219.184
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65 cubic feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of area of loading and unloading
    opening is not used,
    unless necessary to meet the
    requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health
    Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts for best drainage; and
    B)
    Maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at
    124—662

    81
    less than 3.3 rn/mm
    (11 ft/mm);
    3)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    4)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    5)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and
    6)
    Downtime covers are placed over entrances and
    exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after
    the conveyors and exhausts are shut down and not
    removed until just before start—up.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with
    a drying tunnel,
    rotating (tumbling) basket or other equipment
    sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying
    out solvent liquid or vapor;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level;
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray pump or
    the conveyor if the vapor level drops more
    than 10 cm
    (4
    in) below the bottom condenser
    coil; and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    when
    the
    vapor level exceeds the design
    level;
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with openings for
    entrances and exits that silhouette workloads so
    that the average clearance between the parts and
    the edge of the degreaser opening is less than 10
    cm
    (4 in) or less than 10 percent of the width of
    the opening;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with downtime covers for
    closing off entrances and exits when the degreaser
    is shut down; and
    124—663

    82
    5)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices,
    if the air/vapor
    interface is larger than 2.0 square meters (21.6
    ft2):
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system with ventilation
    greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (50 cubic feet per
    minute per square foot)
    of air/vapor area
    when downtime covers are open, and exhausting
    less than 25 ppm of solvent by volume
    averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency,
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include a refrigerated chiller.
    Section 219.185
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which was
    previously exempt from the requirements of Subpart E of 35 Ill.
    Adin. Code 215 (Sections 215.182-215.184) because it satisfied the
    criteria in either 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.181(a)
    or 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(b),
    shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section 219.106.
    A
    source which did not satisfy the criteria in either 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.181(a)
    or 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.181(b)
    shall comply with
    the requirements of this Subpart upon adoption.
    Section 219.186
    Test Methods
    The following test methods shall be used to demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart:
    a)
    Vapor pressures shall be determined by using the
    procedure specified in Section 219.110.
    b)
    Exhaust ventilation rates shall be determined by using
    the procedures specified in Section 219.105(f) (3).
    c)
    The performance of control devices shall be determined
    by using the procedures specified in Section
    219.105(f).
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Section 219.204
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Except as provided in Section 219.208, no owner or operator of a
    124—664

    83
    coating line shall apply at any time any coating in which the VON
    content exceeds the following emission limitations for the
    specified coating.
    The following emission limitations are
    expressed in units of VON per volume of coating (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition
    of VON)
    as applied at each coating applicator, except where
    noted.
    Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON should be treated as water for the purpose of
    calculating the “less water” part of the coating composition.
    Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(c).
    (Note:
    The
    equation presented in Section 219.206 shall be used to calculate
    emission limitations for determining compliance by add-on
    controls,
    credits for transfer efficiency, emissions trades and
    cross-line averaging.)
    The emission limitations are as follows:
    a)
    Automobile or Light-Duty
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    Truck Coating
    1)
    Prime coat
    0.14
    (1.2)
    2)
    Prime surfacer coat
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The prime surfacer coat limitation is based
    upon a transfer efficiency of 30 percent.
    The use ‘of
    transfer efficiency credits can be allowed only if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a
    SIP revision.
    3)
    Topcoat
    1.81
    (15.1)
    (Note:
    The topcoat limitation is in units of kg
    (lbs)
    of VON per 1
    (gal) of coating solids deposited.
    Compliance with the limitation shall be based on the
    daily-weighted average VON content from the entire
    topcoat operation (all topcoat spray booths, flash-off
    areas and bake ovens).
    Compliance shall be
    demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    for automobiles and light-duty trucks referenced in
    Section 219.105(b).
    Section 219.205 does not apply to
    the topcoat limitation.)
    At least 180 days prior to
    the initial compliance date, the owner or operator of a
    coating line subject to the topcoat limitation shall
    have submitted to the USEPAa detailed proposal
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with
    the protocol.
    The proposal shall have included, at a
    minimum,
    a comprehensive plan (including a rationale)
    for determining the transfer efficiency at each booth
    through the use of in-plant, or pilot testing; the
    124—665

    84
    selection of coatings to be tested
    (for the purpose of
    determining transfer efficiency)
    including the
    rationale for coating groupings; and the method for
    determining the analytic VON content of as
    appliedcoatings and the formulation solvent content of
    as applied coatings.
    Upon approval of the protocol by
    the USEPA,
    the source may proceed with the compliance
    demonstration.
    ka/l
    lb/gal
    4)
    Final repair coat
    0.58
    (4.8)
    b)
    Can Coating
    kg/I
    lb/gal
    1)
    Sheet basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    2)
    Exterior basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    3)
    Interior body spray coat 0.51
    (4.2)
    4)
    Exterior end coat
    0.51
    (4.2)
    5)
    Side seam spray coat
    0.66
    (5.5)
    6)
    End sealing compound coato.44
    (3.7)
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    c)
    Paper Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    (Note:
    The paper coating limitation shall not apply to
    any owner or operator of any paper coating line on
    which printing is performed if the paper coating line
    complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart
    H:
    Printing and Publishing, Sections 219.401 through
    219.404.)
    kg/l
    lb/aal
    d)
    Coil Coating
    0.31
    (2.6)
    e)
    Fabric Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    f)
    Vinyl Coating
    0.45
    (3.8)
    g)
    Metal Furniture Coating
    0.36
    (3.0)
    h)
    Large Appliance Coating
    0.34
    (2.8)
    124—666

    85
    (Note:
    The limitation shall not apply to the use of
    quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks
    that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of
    coating does not exceed 0.95
    1
    (1 quart)
    in any one
    rolling eight-hour period.)
    ka/l
    lb/gal
    i)
    Magnet Wire Coating
    0.20
    (1.7)
    j)
    Miscellaneous Metal Parts and
    Products Coating
    1)
    Clear coating
    0.52
    (4.3)
    2)
    Air—dried coating
    0.42
    (3.5)
    3)
    Extreme performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coating
    4)
    All other coatings
    0.36
    (3.0)
    ka/l
    lb/gal
    k)
    Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle
    Products Coating
    1)
    Extreme performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    prime coat
    2)
    Extreme performance top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    (air dried)
    3)
    Final repair coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air dried)
    4)
    All other coatings are subject to the emission
    limitations for miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coatings in subsection
    (j)
    above.
    kg/l
    1b/~al
    1)
    Wood Furniture Coating
    1)
    Clear topcoat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    2)
    Opaque stain
    0.56
    (4.7)
    3)
    Pigmented coat
    0.60
    (5.0)
    4)
    Repair coat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    124—667

    86
    5)
    Sealer
    0.67
    (5.6)
    6)
    Semi—transparent stain
    0.79
    (6.6)
    7)
    Wash coat
    0.73
    (6.1)
    (Note:
    An owner or operator of a wood furniture
    coating operation subject to this Section shall apply
    all coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8
    1
    (10 gal) of coating per day used for touch-up and
    repair operations, using one or more of the following
    application systems:
    airless spray application system,
    air—assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic
    bell or disc spray application system, heated airless
    spray application system, roller coating, brush or wipe
    coating application system, or dip coating application
    system.)
    Section 219.205
    Daily—Weighted Average Limitations
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations
    of Section 219.204 and complying by means of this Section shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the owner or operator has
    demonstrated compliance with subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e)
    or
    (f)
    (depending upon the source category) through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(d):
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one of the limitations from among Section
    219.204(a)(1),
    (a)(2),
    (a)(4),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g),
    (h), or
    (i)
    shall apply coatings on any such coating
    line,
    during any day, whose daily-weighted average VON
    content exceeds the emission limitation to which the
    coatings are subject.
    b)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section 219.204(j)
    shall apply coatings to
    miscellaneous metal parts or products on the subject
    coating line unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) below are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(j)
    above, during the same day
    (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3
    5 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VON
    124—668

    87
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used, or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings from
    more than one of the four coating categories in
    Section 219.204(j)
    above, during the same day, the
    owner or operator shall have a site—specific
    proposal approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To receive approval,
    the requirements of USEPA’s Emissions Trading
    Policy Statement
    (and related policy),
    51 Fed.Reg.
    43814
    (December 4,
    1986), must be satisfied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility subject
    to the limitations of Section 215.204(b)
    shall operate
    the subject coating facility using a coating with a VON
    content in excess of the limitations specified in
    Section 215.204(b) unless all of the following
    requirements are met:
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to subsection
    (c) (2) below.
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation.
    n
    E=
    EV.C.
    d
    i=i
    1
    1
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total
    number
    of coatings applied in
    the
    can coating operation,
    V1
    =
    Volume of each coating applied for the
    day in units of 1/day
    (gal/day) of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    and
    C,
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    124—669

    88
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    2)
    The alternative daily emission limitation
    (Ad)
    shall be determined on a daily basis as follows:
    Ad=
    .~
    V1L1jfl~-C1j
    -
    (D1-L1)
    where:
    Ad
    =
    The VON emissions allowed for the day in
    units of kg/day (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings applied
    in the can coating operation,
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each surface coating
    as applied in units of kg VOM/l (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM),
    D~
    =
    The density of VON in each coating
    applied.
    For the purposes of
    calculating Ad, the density is
    0.882 kg VOM/1 VON (7.36 lbs VON/gal
    VON),
    V~
    =
    Volume of each surface coating applied
    for the day in units of 1
    (gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM),
    L1
    =
    The VON emission limitation for each
    surface coating applied as specified in
    Section 219.204(b)
    in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VON/gal) of coating (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section 219.204(k) shall apply coatings to heavy
    off-highway vehicle products on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (d) (1) or
    (d) (2)
    below are met.
    124—6q0

    89
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(k)
    above, during the same day (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/I
    3.5
    lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation in Section 219.204(k)
    above,
    during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(1)
    shall
    apply coatings to wood furniture on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (e) (1) or
    (e) (2),
    in addition to the requirements specified in
    the note to Section 219.204(1),
    are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(1)
    above, during the same day (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/l
    5.6
    lbs/gal),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation in Section 219.204(1) above, during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement
    (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    Section 219.206
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Limitations in terms of kg
    (ibs) of VON emissions per 1
    (gal)
    .of
    solids as applied at each coating applicator shall be determined
    by the following equation:
    124—67
    1

    90
    S=
    C
    1
    -
    (C/D)
    where:
    S
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VON/gal) of solids,
    C
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg/i
    (lbs/gal) of coating (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically excluded from the
    definition of VOM)
    specified in Section
    219.204,
    D
    =
    The density of VON in the coating.
    For
    the purposes of calculating 5, the
    density is 0.882 kg VON/l VON (7.36 lbs
    VON/gal VON).
    Section 219.207
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    a)
    Any
    owner or operator of a coating line subject to
    Section 219.204 may comply with this Section, rather
    than with Section 219.204,
    if a capture system and
    control device are operated at all times and the owner
    or operator demonstrates compliance with subsections
    (C),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h)
    (depending upon the
    source category) through the applicable coating
    analysis and capture system and control device
    efficiency test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105 and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(e); and the
    control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section 219.105(d)
    and the monitoring equipment is installed, calibrated,
    operated and maintained according to vendor
    specifications at all times the control device is in
    use.
    A capture system and control device, which does
    not demonstrate compliance with subsection
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h) may be used as an alternative to
    compliance with Section 219.204 only if the alternative
    is approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP revision.
    b)
    Alternative Add-On Control Methodologies
    1)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provides 81 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    124—672

    91
    percent efficiency, or
    2)
    The system used to control VON from the coating
    line is demonstrated to have an overall efficiency
    sufficient to limit VON emissions to no more than
    what is allowed under Section 219.204.
    Use of any
    control system other than an afterburner, carbon
    adsorption, condensation, or absorption scrubber
    system can be allowed only if approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    The use of transfer efficiency credits
    can be allowed only if approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Baseline
    transfer efficiencies and transfer efficiency test
    methods must be approved by the Agency and the
    USEPA.
    Such overall efficiency is to be determined as
    follows:
    A)
    obtain the emission limitation from the
    appropriate subsection in Section 219.204,
    B)
    calculate “S” according to the equation in
    Section 219.206,
    3)
    calculate the overall efficiency required
    according to Section 219.105(e).
    For the
    purposes of calculating this value, according
    to the equation in Section 219.105(e) (2),
    VOM1 is equal to the value of “5” as
    determined above in subsection
    (b) (2) (B).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one of the emission limitations from among Section
    219.204 (a) (1),
    (a) (2),
    (a) (4),
    (c)
    ,
    (d)
    ,
    (e)
    ,
    (f)
    ,
    (g)
    ,
    (h) or
    (i) and equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject coating line
    unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2)
    above are met.
    No owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to Section 219.204(a) (3) and equipped with a
    capture system and control device shall operate the
    coating line unless the owner or operator demonstrates
    compliance with the topcoat limitation in accordance
    with the topcoat protocol for automobile or light-duty
    trucks referenced in Section 219.105(b).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section 219.204(j)
    (e.g., all coatings used on the line
    124—673

    92
    are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and which is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) above are
    met.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section 219.204(k)
    (e.g., all coatings used on the line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/i
    3.5
    lbs/gal)), and which is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2)
    above are
    met.
    f)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    which applies one or more coatings during the same day,
    all of which are subject to the same numerical emission
    limitation within Section 219.204(1)
    (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/i
    5.6
    lbs/gal)),
    and which is equipped with a capture system
    and control device shall operate the subject coating
    line unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) are met.
    If compliance is achieved by meeting
    the requirements in subsection
    (b) (2), then the
    provisions in the note to Section 219.204(1) must also
    be met.
    g)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility and
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating facility unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (h) (1) or
    (h) (2) below are
    met.
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to Section 219.205(c) (2).
    Actual daily emissions shall’ never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation:
    n
    Ed
    =
    E
    V1
    C1
    (1—Ft)
    1~1
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VOM emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting the specific coating
    124—674

    93
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings as
    applied in the can coating operation,
    V1
    =
    Volume of each coating as applied for
    the day in units of 1/day
    (gal/day) of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    C1
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    and
    =
    Fraction, by weight,
    of VON emissions
    from the surface coating, reduced or
    prevented from being emitted to the
    ambient air. This is the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and
    control device.
    2)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provide 75 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency.
    Section 219.208
    Exemptions From Emission Limitations
    a)
    Exemptions for all source categories except wood
    furniture coating.
    The limitations of this Subpart
    shall not apply to coating lines within a facility,
    that otherwise would be subject to the same subsection
    of Section 219.204
    (because they belong to the same
    source category, e.g. can coating), provided that
    combined actual emissions of VOM from all lines at the
    facility subject to that subsection never exceed
    6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the application of
    capture systems and control devices.
    (For example, can
    coating lines within a plant would not be subject to
    the limitations of Section 219.204(b)
    if the combined
    actual emissions of VON from the can coating lines
    never exceed 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the
    application of capture systems and control devices.)
    Volatile organic material emissions from heavy
    off-highway vehicle products coating lines must be
    combined with VON emissions from miscellaneous metal
    parts and products coating lines to determine
    124—675

    94
    applicability.
    Any
    owner or operator of a coating
    facility shall comply with the applicable coating
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(a)
    if total
    VON emissions from the subject coating lines are always
    less than or equal to 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before
    the application of capture systems and control devices
    and,
    therefore,
    are not subject to the limitations of
    Section 219.204.
    Once a category of coating lines at a
    facility is subject to the limitations in Section
    219.204, the coating lines are always subject to the
    limitations in Section 219.204.
    b)
    Applicability for wood furniture coating
    1)
    The limitations of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s wood furniture coating lines if the plant
    contains process emission sources, not regulated
    by Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section
    219.204(1)), H (excluding Section 219.405), Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y, or
    Z of this Part, which as a group
    both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    or more per calendar year of VOM
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used, and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of VON per calendar year if no
    air pollution
    control equipment were used,
    through
    production or capacity limitations contained
    in a federally enforceable construction
    permit or SIP revision.
    2)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of
    subsection
    (b)(1), the limitations of Section
    219.204(1)
    shall continue to apply to any wood
    furniture coating line which was ever subject to
    the limitations of Section 219.204(1).
    3)
    For the purposes of subsection
    (b), an emission
    source shall be considered regulated by a Subpart
    if it is subject to the limitations of that
    Subpart.
    An emission source is not considered
    regulated by a Subpart if its emissions are below
    the applicability cutoff level or if the source is
    covered by an exemption.
    4)
    Any owner or operator of a wood furniture coating
    line to which the limitations of this Subpart are
    124—676

    95
    not applicable due to the criteria in subsection
    (b)
    shall, upon request by the Agency or the
    TJSEPA,
    submit records to the Agency and the USEPA
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request that document that the coating line is
    exempt from the limitations of this Subpart.
    Section 219.209
    Exemption From General Rule on Use of Organic
    Material
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations
    of Section 219.204
    is required to meet the limitations of
    Subpart G
    (Section 219.301 or 219.302) of this Part, after the
    date by which the coating line is required to meet Section
    219.204.
    Section 219.210
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a coating line
    (of a type included
    within Section 219.204)
    shall comply with the requirements of
    Section 219.204,
    219.207 or 219.208 and Section 219.211 in
    accordance with the appropriate compliance schedule as specified
    in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c) or
    (d) below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line which is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 219.204 because of the
    criteria in Section 219.208(a)
    shall operate said
    coating line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Section 219.211(b).
    Wood furniture coating lines are not subject to Section
    219.211(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.204 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Sections 219.204
    and 219.211(c).
    C)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.205 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.205
    and 219.211(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.207 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Sections 219.207
    124—67 7

    96
    and 219.211(e).
    Section 219.211
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The VON content of each coating and the efficiency of
    each capture system and control device shall be
    determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in Section 219.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a) shall comply with the
    following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, the
    owner or operator of a facility referenced in this
    subsection shall certify to the Agency that the
    facility is exempt under the provisions of Section
    219.208(a).
    Such certification shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a); and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that the
    combined VON emissions from all coating lines
    at the facility never exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 lbs)
    per day before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    The following
    equation shall be used to calculate total VON
    emissions:
    Te
    =
    •~
    E
    (A1 B1)~
    where:
    Te
    =
    Total VON emissions from coating lines.
    at a facility each day before the
    application of capture systems and
    control devices in units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    m
    =
    Number of coating lines at the
    facility,
    j
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating line,
    n
    =
    Number of different coatings as
    124—678

    97
    applied each day on each coating
    line at the facility,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating,
    A~
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM) as applied each day
    on each coating line at the facility in
    units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal), and
    B1
    =
    Volume of each coating (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    as
    applied each day on each coating line at
    the facility in units of 1/day
    (gal/day).
    The instrument or method by
    which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line each day shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each day
    for each coating line and maintain the information
    at the facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a) shall notify the
    Agency of any record showing that total VON
    emissions from the coating facility exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 lbs)
    in any day before the application of
    capture systems and control devices by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    after the exceedance occurs.
    124—679

    98
    c)
    Any
    owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.204 and complying by means
    of Section 219.204 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject coating line from Section 219.205 or
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.204; the owner or
    operator of a subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.204 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), certification shall include:
    i)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating line which will comply by
    means
    of Section 219.204(a) (3),
    ii)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line,
    iii) The weight of VON per volume of each
    coating as applied on each coating line,
    iv)
    The instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator will accurately
    measure or calculate the volume of each
    coating as applied each day on each
    coating line,
    v)
    The method by which the owner or
    operator will create and maintain
    records each day as required in
    subsection
    (C)
    (2) below for coating
    lines subject to Section 219.204(a) (3),
    vi)
    An example format in which the records
    124—680

    99
    required in subsection
    (c) (2) below for
    coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3).
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 and
    complying by means of Section 219.204 shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    maintain all records necessary to calculate
    the daily-weighted average VON content from
    the coating line in accordance with the
    proposal submitted, and approved by the
    USEPA, pursuant to Section 219
    204 (a) (3).
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.204 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation,
    except that any record showing a violation of
    Section 219.204(a) (3)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 15 days from the end of the month in
    which the violation occurred.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.204
    from Section 219.204 to Section 219.205 or
    Section 219.207, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (d) (1) or
    (e) (1) below,
    respectively.
    Upon
    124—68 1

    100
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 219.204 from Section 219.204 to
    Section 219.205 or Section 219.207, the owner
    or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (d) or
    (e),
    respectively.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    notify the Agency of any change to the
    topcoating operation at least 30 days before
    the change is effected.
    The Agency shall
    determine whether or not recertification
    testing is required.
    If the Agency
    determines that recertification testing is
    required, then the owner or operator shall
    submit a proposal to the Agency to test
    within 30 days and retest within 30 days of
    the Agency’s approval of the proposal.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.204 and complying by means
    of Section 219.205 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject coating line from Section 219.204 or
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.205; the owner or
    operator of the subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.205 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    Section 219.205.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    124—682

    101
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner
    or
    operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (d) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records’
    required in subsection
    (d) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start—up
    date, the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 and
    complying by means of Section 219.205, shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 219.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.205 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.207, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (C)
    (1) or
    (e) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.207, the ow~zàtho~ldpEEqtthremhnt~
    oämply
    subsection
    (c)
    or
    (e),
    124—683

    102
    respectively.
    e)
    Any
    owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.207 and complying by means
    of Section 219.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    coating line from Section 219.204 or Section
    219.205 to Section 219.207, the owner or operator
    of the subject coating line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency the results of all
    tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.207 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.207 and
    complying by means of Section 219.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g), or
    (h)
    shall collect and record all
    of the following information each day for each
    coating line and maintain the information at the
    facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The weight of VON per volume of coating
    solids as applied each day on each coating
    line,
    if complying pursuant to Section
    219.207(b) (2).
    B)
    Control device monitoring data.
    C)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated coating line.
    D)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    124—684

    103
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.207 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this Subpart from
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.205, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (C)
    (1) or
    (d) (1)
    of this Section, respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with this
    subpart from Section 219.207 to Section
    219.204 or Section 219.205, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c) or
    (d)
    of this Section,
    respectively.
    SUBPART G:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section 219.301
    Use of Organic Material
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 3.6
    kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr)
    of organic material into the atmosphere from any
    emission source, except as provided in Sections 219.302, 219.303,
    219.304 and the following exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists
    the limitation of this Subpart shall apply only to
    photochemically reactive material.
    Section 219.302
    Alternative Standard
    Emissions of organic material in excess of those permitted by
    Section 219.301 are allowable if such emissions are controlled by
    one of the following methods:
    a)
    Flame, thermal or catalytic incineration so as either
    to reduce such emissions to
    10 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular weight 16) or less, or to convert 85 percent
    of the hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide and water; or,
    b)
    A vapor recovery system which adsorbs and/or condenses
    at least 85 percent of the total uncontrolled organic
    material that would otherwise be emitted to the
    atmosphere;
    or,
    c)
    Any other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the
    uncontrolled organic material that would be otherwise
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Section 219.303
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    124—685

    104
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    fuel combustion emission sources.
    Section 219.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    any owner, operator, user or manufacturer of paint, varnish,
    lacquer, coatings or printing ink whose compliance program and
    project completion schedule, as required by 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, provided for the reduction of organic material used in such
    process to 20 percent or less of total volume by May 30,
    1977.
    SUBPART H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section 219.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    a)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply at any time any coating or
    ink unless the VON content does not exceed the
    limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1)
    or
    (a) (2) below.
    Compliance with this Section must be
    demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.404(c).
    As an
    alternative to compliance with this subsection,
    a
    subject printing line may meet the requirements of
    subsection
    (b) or
    (c)
    below.
    1)
    Forty percent VON by volume of the coating and ink
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of VON),
    or
    2)
    Twenty-five. percent VON by volume of the volatile
    content in the coating and ink.
    b)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply coatings or inks on the
    subject printing line unless the weighted average, by
    volume, VOM content of all coatings and inks as applied
    each day on the subject printing line does not exceed
    the limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b)(1)) or subsection
    (a)(2)
    (as determined by subsection (b)(2)).
    Compliance with this subsection must be demonstrated
    through the applicable coating or ink analysis test.
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements
    124—686

    105
    specified in Section 219.404(d).
    1)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if the weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject pr~p~i~i~&nánesubsdsttbn
    ~á*4t~tion
    C1L1
    (V~1 +
    V~)
    11
    VOM(I)(A)
    =
    _________________________________
    L1(V81
    + V~1)
    1~1
    Where:
    VON(I)(A)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VON by volume of all
    coatings and inks (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings
    and/or
    inks
    as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    a printing line,
    C~
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of each coating or
    ink as applied (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of
    VON),
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of 1
    (gal),
    =
    The volume fraction of solids in
    each coating or ink as applied, and
    V~1
    =
    The volume fraction of VOM in each
    coating or ink as applied.
    2)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if the weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject printing line exceeds the limitation
    124—687

    106
    specified in subsection
    (a) (2).
    1=1
    ~
    C1L1V~1
    VON(.1)(8)
    =
    1=~
    L1V~1
    where:
    VOM(l)(B)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VOM by volume of the
    volatile content of all coatings and
    inks used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    each printing line,
    C1
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of the volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied,
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of
    1
    (gal), and
    V~1=The volume fraction of volatile matter
    in each coating or ink as applied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject printing line
    unless the owner or operator meets the requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1),
    (c) (2), or
    (C)
    (3) and subsections
    (c) (4),
    (c) (5)
    and
    (c) (6) below.
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system is used which reduces
    the captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent
    by weight, or
    2)
    An incineration system is used which reduces the
    captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent by
    weight, or
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system is
    124—688

    107
    used which is demonstrated to have at least a
    90 percent control device efficiency, approved by
    the Agency and approved by USEPA as a SIP
    revision, and
    4)
    The printing line is equipped with a capture
    system and control device that provides an overall
    reduction in VOM emissions of at least:
    A)
    75 percent where a publication rotogravure
    printing line is employed, or
    B)
    65 percent where a packaging rotogravure
    printing line is employed, or
    C)
    60 percent where a flexographic printing line
    is employed, and
    5)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    219.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed,
    calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    6)
    The capture system and control device are operated
    at all times when the subject printing line is in
    operation.
    The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this subsection by
    using the applicable capture system and control
    device test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(c)
    through Section 219.105(f)
    and
    by complying with the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.404(e).
    Section 219.402
    Applicability
    a)
    The limitations of Section 219.401 apply to all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at a
    subject facility.
    All facilities with flexographic
    and/or rotogravure printing lines are subject
    facilities unless:
    1)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON from
    all flexographic and rotogravure printing line(s)
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application of
    capture systems and control devices, or
    2)
    A federally enforceable construction permit or SIP
    revision for all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s) at a facility requires the owner
    124—789

    108
    or operator to limit production or capacity of
    these printing line(s)
    to reduce total VON
    emissions from all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s)
    to 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    or less per
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    b)
    Upon achieving compliance with this Subpart, the
    emission source is not required to meet Subpart G
    (Sections 219.301 or 219.302).
    Emission sources exempt
    from this Subpart are subject to Subpart G (Sections
    219. 301 or 215.802).
    Rotogravure or flexographic
    equipment used for both roll printing and paper coating
    is subject to this Subpart.
    c)
    Once subject to the limitations of Section 219.401,
    a
    flexographic or rotogravure printing line is always
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of any flexographic or
    rotogravure printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations of Section 219.401 because of the criteria
    in this Section is subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(b).
    Section 219.403
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a flexographic and/or rotogravure
    printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    Section 219.401 and Section 219.404 in accordance with the
    applicable compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c) or
    (d)
    below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line which is exempt from the limitations of
    Section 219.401 because of the criteria in Section
    219.402 shall operate said printing line on or after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner
    or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 219.404(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 219.401(a)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with, Section 219.401(a) and Section 219.404(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by, means of Section 219.401(b)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    124—69
    0

    109
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with, Section 219.401(b)
    and Section 219.404(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 219.401(c)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 219.401(c) and Section 219.404(e).
    Section 219.404
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The VON content of each coating and ink and the
    efficiency of each capture system and control device
    shall be determined by the applicable test methods
    and
    procedures specified in Section 219.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.401
    because of the criteria in Section 219.402 shall comply
    with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, the
    owner or operator of a facility to which this
    subsection
    is applicable shall certify to the
    Agency that the facility is exempt under the
    provisions of Section 219.402.
    Such certification
    shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of the criteria in
    Section 219.401 because of Section 219.402,
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VON from all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing
    lines
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) per calendar year before the
    application of capture systems and control
    devices.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VON for a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing facility is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON from each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per calendar
    year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices for each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    124—69
    1

    110
    the facility:
    E~=AxB
    where:
    E~
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from one flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids of
    the coating or ink with the highest VON
    content as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating or ink solids, and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all coatings
    and inks that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in units
    of 1/year (gal/year).
    The instrument
    and/or method by which the owner or
    operator accurately measured or
    calculated the volume of each coating
    and ink as applied and the amount that
    can potentially be applied each year on
    the printing line shall be described in
    the certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each year
    for each printing line and maintain the
    information at the facility for a period of three
    years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VOM content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each year on each
    printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.401
    because of the criteria in Section 219.402 shall
    notify the Agency of any record showing that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VON from all
    124—69
    2

    111
    printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    in any
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices by sending a copy of
    such record to the Agency within 30 days after the
    exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by
    means
    of Section 219.401(a)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject printing line from Section 219.401(b)
    or
    Section 219.401(c) to Section 219.401(a), the
    owner or operator of a subject printing line shall
    certify to the Agency that the printing line will
    be in compliance with Section 219.401(a) on and.
    after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    on and after the initial start—up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(a)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    124—693

    112
    219.401(a)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(a) to Section 219.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (c) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(a) to Section 219.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c), respectively.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means
    of Section 219.401(b)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject printing line from Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (c) to Section 219.401 (b), the owner or operator
    of the subject printing line shall certify to the
    Agency that the printing line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.401(b) on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    printing line which will comply by means of
    Section 219.401(b).
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink available for use on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating and ink
    as applied each day on each printing line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    124—694

    113
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(b)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each day on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VOM content of all
    coatings and inks as applied on each printing
    line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.401(b) shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(b) to Section 219.401(a)
    or 219.401(c),
    the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (c)(1)
    or (e)(1), respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 219.401 from Section 219.401(b)
    to
    Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (c), the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c) or
    (e), respectively.
    e)
    Any
    owner or operator of a printing line subject to. the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means
    of Section 219.401(c)
    shall comply with the following:
    124—695

    114
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    printing line from Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (b) to
    Section 219.401(c),
    the
    owner or operator of the
    subject printing line shall perform all tests and
    submit to the Agency the results of all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that the
    subject printing line will be in compliance with
    Section 219.401(c) on and after a date consistent
    with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
    start—up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(c)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated printing line.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any
    record showing violation of Section
    219.401(c), shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219,401(c)
    to Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    124—696

    115
    (d) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(c) to Section 219.401(a)
    or (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) or
    (d), respectively.
    Section
    219.405
    Heatset-Web-Offset Lithographic Printing
    a)
    Applicability
    1)
    The limitations of subsection
    (b) below apply to
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing lines
    at a subject facility.
    All facilities with
    heatset—web-offset lithographic printing lines are
    subject facilities unless:
    A)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON
    from all heatset-web-offset lithographic
    printing lines at the facility never exceed
    90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    or
    B)
    A federally enforceable construction permit
    or SIP revision for all heatset—web-offset
    lithographic printing lines(s) at a facility
    requires the owner or operator to limit
    production or capacity of these printing
    line(s) to reduce total VON emissions from
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing
    line(s) to 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) per calendar
    year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment, and
    2)
    Any owner or operator of any heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations in subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a) (1)
    shall be subject to
    the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1).
    b)
    Specific Provisions.
    No owner or operator of a subject
    heatset—web— offset printing line may cause or allow
    the operation of the subject heatset-web-offeet
    printing line unless the owner or operator meets the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) and the
    requirements in subsections
    (b) (3) and
    (b) (4)
    below.
    1)
    An afterburner system is installed and operated
    that reduces 90 percent of the VON emissions from
    the dryer exhaust, or
    124—697

    116
    2)
    The fountain solution contains no more than
    8 percent, by weight,
    of VON and a condensation
    recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non—isopropyl
    alcohol organic materials from the dryer exhaust,
    and
    3)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    219.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed, calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    4)
    The control device is operated at all times when
    the subject printing line is in operation.
    The
    owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance
    with this Section by using the applicable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section
    219. 105(a),
    (d), and
    (f) and by complying with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
    in subsection
    (c) below.
    c)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting.
    The VON content of each
    fountain solution and ink and the efficiency of each
    control device shall be determined by the applicable
    test methods and procedures specified in Section
    219.105 to establish the records required under this
    subsection.
    1)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility to which
    subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable shall certify
    to the Agency that the facility is exempt
    under the provisions of subsection
    (a).
    Such
    certification shall include:
    i)
    A declaration that the facility is
    exempt from the limitations of
    subsection
    (b) because of the criteria
    in subsection
    (a), and
    ii)
    Calculations which demonstrate that
    total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from all heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing lines at the
    124—698

    117
    facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application
    of air pollution control equipment.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON for a heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing facility is the
    sum of maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from each heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing line at the
    facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per
    calendar year in the absence of air
    pollution control equipment for each
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing
    line at the facility.
    E~
    =
    (A x B)
    +
    (C x D)
    100
    where:
    E~
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM from one heatset—web—offset
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids
    of ink with the highest VON content
    as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal) of solids, and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all inks
    that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/year
    (gal/year).
    The
    instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each ink as applied and the
    amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing
    line shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    C
    =
    The weight percent VOM of the
    fountain solution with the highest
    VON content.
    D
    =
    The total volume of fountain
    solution that can potentially be
    124—699

    118
    used each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/year (gal/year).
    The
    instrument and/or method by which
    the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each fountain solution used and
    the amount that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    to which subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable
    shall collect and record all of the following
    information each year for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The name and identification of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied on
    each printing line.
    ii)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied
    each year on each printing line.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of
    a facility
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall notify the Agency of any record showing
    that total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VOM from all printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    in any calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
    2)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (2) to subsection
    (b) (1); the owner or
    operator of the subject printing line shall
    perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations
    124—700

    119
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (1) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    Control device monitoring data.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control
    device, monitoring equipment and the
    associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    and monitoring equipment detailing all
    routine and nonroutine maintenance
    performed including dates and duration
    of any outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection (c)(3)(A).
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection (b)(1) to (b)(2), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (C)
    (3).
    3)
    Any
    owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    124—701

    120
    by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2); the owner or operator of
    the subject printing line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency and the USEPA
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (2) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The VON content of the fountain solution
    used each day on each printing line.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control
    device and the associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates
    and duration of any outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any
    record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least
    30. calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (2) to
    124—702

    121
    (b) (1), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (c) (2) (A).
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b) (2) to
    (b) (1), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (2).
    d)
    Compliance Schedule.
    Every owner or operator of a
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line shall
    comply with the applicable requirements of subsections
    (b) and
    (C)
    in accordance with the applicable
    compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (d)(1),
    (d) (2), or
    (d) (3)
    below:
    1)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line which is exempt from
    the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with
    Section 219.106, unless the owner or operator has
    complied with,
    and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b) (1) and
    (c) (1).
    2)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web-offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, subsection
    (b) (2) and
    (C)
    (2).
    3)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, subsection
    (c) (3)
    SUBPART Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Section 219.421
    General Requirements
    The owner or operator of a plant which processes more than 3660
    mg/yr
    (4033 tons/year)
    gaseous and light liquid VOM, and whose
    components are used to manufacture the synthetic organic
    chemicals or polymers listed in Appendix A,
    shall comply with
    this Subpart.
    The provisions of this Subpart are applicable to
    components containing 10 percent or more by weight VON as
    determined by ASTM method E-168,
    E-169 and E-260,
    incorporated by
    124—703

    122
    reference in Section 219.112.
    Those components that are not
    process unit components are exempt from this Subpart.
    A
    component shall be considered to be leaking if the VON is equal
    to, or is greater than 10,000 ppmv as methane or hexane as
    determined by USEPA Reference Method 21, as specified at 40 CFR
    60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    indication of liquids dripping, or indication by a sensor that a
    seal or barrier fluid system has failed.
    The provisions of this
    Subpart are not applicable if the equipment components are used
    to produce heavy liquid chemicals only from heavy liquid feed or
    raw materials.
    Section 219.422
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 219.421 shall prepare an
    inspection program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all components and the period in
    which each will be monitored pursuant to Section
    219.423.
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    219. 425.
    c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    when complying with Section 219.423, and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service, all leaking components,
    and components
    exempted under Section 219.423(i)
    such that they are
    obvious and can be located by both plant personnel
    performing monitoring and Agency personnel performing
    inspections.
    Section 219.423
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to this subpart shall,
    for the
    purposes of detecting leaks, conduct a component inspection
    program using the test methods specified in Method 21,
    40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A
    (1986), incorporated by reference in Section 219 .112,
    consistent with the following provisions:
    a)
    Test annually those components operated near extreme
    temperature or pressure such that they would be unsafe
    to routinely monitor and those components which would
    require the elevation of monitoring personnel higher
    than two meters above permanent worker access
    structures or surfaces.
    124—704

    123
    b)
    Test quarterly all other pressure relief valves in gas
    service,
    pumps in light liquid service, valves in light
    liquid service and in gas service, and compressors.
    c)
    If less than or equal to 2 percent of the valves in
    light liquid service and in gas service tested pursuant
    to subsection
    (b) are found not to leak for
    five consecutive quarters, no leak tests shall be
    required for three consecutive quarters.
    Thereafter,
    leak tests shall resume for the next quarter.
    If that
    test shows less than or equal to 2 percent of the
    valves in light liquid service and in gas service are
    leaking, then no tests are required for the next
    three quarters.
    If more than 2 percent are leaking,
    then tests are required for the next five quarters.
    d)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    e)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids are
    observed dripping.
    f)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere.
    g)
    Routine instrument monitoring of valves which are not
    externally regulated,
    flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid service, is not required.
    However, any valve
    which is not externally regulated,
    flange or piece of
    equipment in heavy liquid service that is found to be
    leaking on the basis of sight,
    smell or sound shall be
    repaired as soon as practicable but no later than
    30 days after the leak is found.
    h)
    Test immediately after repair any component that was
    found leaking.
    i)
    Within one hour of its detection,
    a weatherproof,
    readily visible tag,
    in bright colors such as red or
    yellow, bearing an identification number and the date
    on which the leak was detected must be affixed on the
    leaking component and remain in place until the leaking
    component is repaired.
    j)
    The following components are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in this Section:
    1)
    Any
    component that is in vacuum service, and
    2)
    Any pressure relief valve that is connected to an
    operating flare header or vapor recovery device.
    Section 219.424
    Repairing Leaks
    124—705

    124
    All leaking components must be repaired and retested as soon as
    practicable but no later than 15 days after the leak is found
    unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the process
    unit is shut down.
    Records of repairing and retesting must be
    maintained in accordance with Section 219.425 and 219.426.
    Section 219.425
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical
    or polymer manufacturing plant shall maintain a leaking
    components monitoring log which shall contain, at a
    minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until process unit
    shutdown; and
    9)
    The total number of valves in light liquid service
    and in gas service inspected; the total number and
    the percentage of these valves found leaking
    during the monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner or operator for a minimum of two years after the
    date on which the record was made or the report was
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency upon verbal or written request prior to or
    at the time of inspection pursuant to Section 4(d) of
    the Environmental Protection Act
    (Act)
    (Ill. Rev. Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, pars.
    1001 et seq.)
    at any
    reasonable time.
    124—706

    125
    Section 219.426
    Report for,Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 219.421 through 219.430
    shall:
    a)
    Submit quarterly reports to the Agency on or before
    March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of
    each year, listing all leaking components identified
    pursuant to Section 219.423 but not repaired within 15
    days, all leaking components awaiting process unit
    shutdown, the total number of components inspected, the
    type of components inspected, and the total number of
    components found leaking, the total number of valves in
    light liquid service and in gas service inspected and
    the number and percentage of valves in light liquid
    service and in gas service found leaking.
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Section 219.421 through 219.427.
    Section 219.427
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    The Agency shall approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping, or reporting to that prescribed in this Subpart
    upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of such plant that
    the alternative program will provide plant personnel and Agency
    personnel with an equivalent ability to identify and repair
    leaking components.
    Any alternative program can be allowed when
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.428
    Open-Ended Valves
    a)
    Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap,
    blind flange, plug, or a second valve, except during
    operations requiring fluid flow through the open-ended
    valve.
    b)
    Each open—ended valve equipped with a second valve
    shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on
    the process fluid end is closed before the second valve
    is closed.
    c)
    Components which are open—ended valves and which serve
    as a sampling connection shall be controlled such that:
    1)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    return purged process fluid to the process line
    with no detectable volatile organic material
    124—707

    126
    emissions to the atmosphere, or
    2)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    collect and recycle purged process fluid to the
    process line with no detectable volatile organic
    material emissions to the atmosphere,
    or
    3)
    Purged process fluid shall be transported to a
    control device that complies with the requirements
    of Section 219.429.
    d)
    In—situ sampling systems are exempt from subsection
    (c).
    Section 219.429
    Standards for Control Devices
    Control devices used to comply with Section 219.428(c)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    a)
    If the control device is a vapor recovery system (for
    example, condensers and adsorbers),
    it shall be
    designed and operated to recover the volatile organic
    material emissions vented to it with an efficiency of
    95 percent or greater.
    b)
    If the control device is an enclosed combustion device,
    it shall be designed and operated to reduce the
    volatile organic material emissions vented to it with
    an efficiency of 95 percent or greater, or to provide a
    minimum residence time of 0.75 seconds at a minimum
    temperature of 816°C.
    c)
    If the control device is a flare,
    it shall:
    1)
    Be designed for and operated with no visible
    emissions as determined by USEPA Reference Method
    22,
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A (1986), incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112, except for periods
    not to exceed a total of 5 minutes during any 2
    consecutive hours.
    2)
    Be operated with a pilot flame present at all
    times and shall be monitored with a thermocouple
    or any other equivalent device to detect the
    presence of the pilot flame.
    3)
    Be steam—assisted,
    air—assisted, or nonassisted.
    4)
    Be used only with the net heating value of the gas
    being combusted being 11.2 NJ/scm
    (300 Btu/scf) or
    greater if the flare is steam—assisted or
    air-assisted; or with the net heating value of the
    124—708

    127
    gas being combusted being 7.45 NJ/scm or greater
    if the flare is nonassisted.
    The net heating
    value of the gas being combusted shall be
    calculated using the following equation:
    H=KE
    Cli.
    r
    1=1
    Where:
    Hr
    =
    Net heating value of the sample in NJ/scm;
    where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based
    on combustion at 25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740 x 1O7
    (1/ppm) (g-mole/scm) (MJ/Kcal)
    where
    standard temperature for
    (g—mole/sciu)
    is 20°C.
    C1
    =
    Concentration of sample component i,
    in ppm,
    as measured by USEPA Reference Method 18,
    40
    CFR 60, Appendix A (1986), and ASTM D
    2504-83, both incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112.
    H1
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component i,
    kcal/g mole.
    The heats of combustion may be
    determined using ASTN D 2382-83, Incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112, if published
    values are not available or cannot be
    calculated.
    5)
    Steam—assisted and nonassisted flares shall be
    designed and operated with an exit velocity, as
    determined by dividing the volumetric flowrate
    (in
    units of standard temperature and pressure),
    as
    determined by USEPA Reference Method
    2 or 2A, 40
    CFR 60, Appendix A (1986)
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112, as appropriate; by
    the unobstructed
    (free)
    cross sectional area of
    the flare tip, less than 18 rn/sec
    (60 ft/eec).
    6)
    Air-assisted flares shall be designed and operated
    with an exit velocity less than the maximum
    permitted velocity, V~, as determined by the
    following equation:
    124—709

    128
    V~
    =
    8.706
    + O~7O84(Hr)•
    V~
    =
    Maximum permitted velocity, m/sec.
    8.706
    =
    Constant.
    0.7084
    =
    Constant.
    Hr
    =
    The net heating value as determined in
    subsection
    (c) (4) of this section.
    d)
    If the control device is a closed container,
    it shall
    be designed and operated to reduce the volatile organic
    material emissions, vented from purged process fluid
    after transfer, to no detectable volatile organic
    material emissions as determined by USEPA Reference
    Method 21 as specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986),
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    For
    purposes of this Section, the phrase “after transfer”
    shall refer to the time at which the entire amount of
    purged process fluid resulting from a flushing or
    cleaning of the sample line enters the closed container
    or containers including the final container(s) prior to
    disposal.
    e)
    The owner or operator of a control device shall monitor
    the control device to ensure that it is operated and
    maintained in conformance with the manufacturer’s
    specifications, modified to the particular process
    design.
    f)
    The control device shall be operated at all times when
    emissions may be vented to it.
    Section 219.430
    Compliance Date
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215
    430 through
    215.438 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have complied with the
    standards and limitations of those Sections no later than
    December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART R:
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Section 219.441
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    a)
    Except as provided in subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c), no person
    shall cause or allow the discharge of organic materials
    in excess of 100 ppm equivalent methane (molecular
    weight 16.0)
    into the atmosphere from:
    1)
    Any
    catalyst regenerator of a petroleum cracking
    system; or
    124—710

    129
    2)
    Any petroleum fluid coker; or
    3)
    Any
    other waste gas stream from any petroleum or
    petrochemical manufacturing process.
    b)
    Exception.
    Existing sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3) may, alternatively, at their election, comply
    with the organic material emission limitations imposed
    by 35 Ill.
    Adin. Code 215.301 or 215
    302; provided,
    however, that there shall be no increase in emissions
    from such sources above the level of emissions in
    existence on May 3,
    1979.
    c)
    New Sources.
    Sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3),
    construction of which commenced on or after January 1,
    1977, may, at their election, comply with the following
    emission limitations:
    1)
    A maximum of eight pounds per hour of organic
    material; or
    2)
    Emission of organic material in excess of the
    limitation of subsection
    (c) (1)
    is allowable if
    such emissions are controlled by air pollution
    control methods or equipment approved by the
    Agency capable of reducing by 85 percent or more
    the uncontrolled organic material that would
    otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere.
    Such
    methods or equipment must be approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.442
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall cause or allow
    the operation of any vacuum producing system unless the
    condensers, hot wells and accumulators of any such system are
    equipped with vapor loss control equipment including, but not
    limited to, piping,
    valves,
    flame arrestors and hot well covers,
    to vent any volatile organic material with a vapor pressure of
    10.34 kPa (1.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3°K(70°F)to a heater,
    fire box,
    flare, refinery fuel gas system, or other equipment or
    system of equal emission control as approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    This Section shall not
    apply to vacuum producing systems on lube units.
    Section 219.443
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water) Separator
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall operate any
    wastewater
    (oil/water) separator at a petroleum refinery unless
    the separator is equipped with air pollution control equipment
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the uncontrolled
    124—7 11

    130
    organic material emitted to the atmosphere.
    If no odor nuisance
    exists, the limitation of this Section shall not apply if the
    vapor pressure of the organic material
    is below 10.34 kPa
    (1.5
    psia)
    at 204.3°K(70°F)at all times.
    Section 219.444
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    a)
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    cause or allow a refinery process unit turnaround
    except in compliance with an operating procedure as
    approved by the Agency.
    b)
    Unless a procedure was already on file with the Agency
    as part of an approved operating permit no later than
    November 1,
    1979, the owner or operator of a petroleum
    refinery shall submit to the Agency for approval a
    detailed procedure for reducing emissions of volatile
    organic material during refinery process unit
    turnarounds from organic material with a vapor pressure
    of 10.34 kPa
    (1.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3°K(70°F).
    The Agency shall not approve the procedure unless
    it
    provides for:
    1)
    Depressurization of the refinery process unit or
    vessel to a flare, refinery fuel gas system, or
    other equipment or system of equal emission
    control, as approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision, until the internal
    pressure from the vessel or unit is less than 5.0
    psig before allowing the vessel to be vented to
    the atmosphere;
    2)
    Recordkeeping of the following items:
    A)
    Each date that a refinery unit or vessel is
    shut down; and
    B)
    The total estimated quantity of volatile
    organic material emitted to the atmosphere
    and the duration of the emission in hours.
    Section 219.445
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    1)
    Develop a monitoring program plan consistent with
    the provisions of Section 219.446;
    2)
    Conduct a monitoring program consistent with the
    provisions of Section 219.447;
    3)
    Record all leaking components which have a
    124—712

    131
    volatile organic material concentration exceeding
    10,000 ppm consistent with the provisions of
    Section 219.448;
    4)
    Identify each component consistent with the
    monitoring program plan submitted pursuant to
    Section 219.446;
    5)
    Repair and retest the leaking components as soon
    as possible within 22 days after the leak is
    found, but no later than June 1 for the purposes
    of Section 219.447(a) (1), unless the leaking
    components cannot be repaired until the unit is
    shut down for turnaround; and
    6)
    Report to the Agency consistent with the
    provisions of Section 219.449.
    Section 219.446
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall prepare a
    monitoring program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all refinery components and the
    period in which each will be monitored pursuant to
    Section 219.447;
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    219.448;
    c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    pursuant to Section 219.447; and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service and all leaking components such that they are
    obvious to both refinery personnel performing
    monitoring and Agency personnel performing inspections.
    Section 219.447
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject
    to Section 219.445 shall,
    for the purpose of detecting
    leaks,
    conduct a component monitoring program
    consistent with the following provisions:
    1)
    Test once between March
    1 and June 1 of each year,
    by methods referenced in Section 219.105(g),
    all
    pump seals,
    pipeline valves In liquid service and
    process drains.
    2)
    Test once each quarter of each calendar year, by
    124—7 13

    132
    methods referenced in Section 219.105(g),
    all
    pressure relief valves in gaseous service,
    pipeline valves in gaseous service and compressor
    seals.
    3)
    Inaccessible valves may be tested once each
    calendar year instead of once each quarter of each’
    calendar year.
    4)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    5)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids
    are observed dripping,
    6)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere, and
    7)
    Test immediately after repair any component that
    was found leaking.
    b)
    Storage tank valves and pressure relief devices
    connected to an operating flare header or vapor
    recovery device are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in subsection
    (a).
    c)
    The Agency may require more frequent monitoring than
    would otherwise be required by subsection
    (a)
    for
    components which are demonstrated to have a history of
    leaking.
    Section 219.448
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    maintain a leaking components monitoring log which
    shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    124—7 14

    133
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until turnaround; and
    9)
    The total number of components inspected and the
    total number of components found leaking during
    that monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner
    or operator for a minimum of two years after the
    date on which the record was made or the report
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time.
    Section 219.449
    Reporting for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    a)
    Submit a report to the Agency prior to the 1st day of
    both July and September listing all leaking components
    identified pursuant to Section 219.447 but not repaired
    within 22 days, all leaking components awaiting unit
    turnaround, the total number of components inspected
    and the total number of components found leaking;
    b)
    Submit
    a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Sections 219.445 through 219.448.
    Section 219.450
    Alternative Program for Leaks.
    The Agency may approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping or reporting to that prescribed in Sections 219.446
    through 219.449 upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery that the alternative program will provide
    refinery, Agency and USEPA personnel with an equivalent ability
    to identify and repair leaking components.
    Any alternative
    program can be allowed only if approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.451
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery shall install or operate a valve at the end
    of a pipe or line containing volatile organic materials unless
    the pipe or line is sealed with a second valve, blind flange,
    plug,
    cap or other sealing device.
    The sealing device may be
    removed only when a sample is being taken or during maintenance
    124—715

    134
    operations.
    Section 219.452
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall adhere to the
    increments of progress contained in the following schedule:
    a)
    Submit to the Agency a monitoring program consistent
    with Section 219.446 prior to July 1, 1991 or a date
    consistent with Section 219.106.
    b)
    Submit to the Agency the first monitoring report
    pursuant to Section 219.449 prior to August
    1,
    1991 or
    a date consistent with Section 219.106.
    Section 218.453
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 215, Subpart R as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART S:
    RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section 219.461
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    The owner or operator of an undertread cementing, treadend
    cementing or bead dipping operation at a pneumatic rubber tire
    manufacturing facility shall install and operate:
    a)
    A capture system, with minimum capture efficiency of 65
    percent by weight of VON for treadend cementing or bead
    dipping operations and a capture system with a minimum
    capture efficiency of 55.5 percent by weight of VON for
    undertread cementing; and
    b)
    A control device that meets the requirements of one of
    the following:
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system designed and operated
    in a manner such that there is at least a 90
    percent removal of VOM by weight from
    the
    gases
    ducted to the control device;
    2)
    An afterburning system that oxidizes at least 90
    percent of the captured nonmethane VON (VON
    measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon
    dioxide and water; and
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent overall
    reduction efficiency and approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA.
    124—716

    135
    Section 219.462
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    The owner or operator of a green tire spraying operation at a
    pneumatic rubber tire manufacturing facility shall:
    a)
    Install and operate:
    1)
    A capture system with a minimum capture efficiency
    of 90 percent by weight of VON; and
    2)
    A control device that meets the requirements of
    one of the following:
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system designed and
    operated in a manner such that there is at
    least 90 percent removal of VON by weight
    from the bases ducted to the control device;
    B)
    An afterburning system that oxidizes at least
    90 percent of the captured nonmethane VON
    (measured as total combustible carbon) to
    carbon dioxide and water; or
    C)
    An alternative VOM emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent
    overall reduction efficiency approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    Substitute for the normal solvent—based mold release
    compound water—based sprays containing:
    1)
    No more than five percent by volume of VON as
    applied for the inside of tires;
    2)
    No more than ten percent by volume of VON as
    applied for the outside of tires.
    Section 219.463
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    In lieu of complying with Section 219.461 or 219.462, the owner
    or operator of an emission source may utilize an alternative
    volatile organic emission reduction system, including an
    alternative production process, which is demonstrated to be
    equivalent to Section 219.461 or 219.462 on the basis of
    emissions of volatile organic matter.
    A treadend cementing
    operation shall be considered equivalent to Section 219.461 or
    219.462 for the purposes of this Section if the total volatile
    organic emission from such operation is 10 grams or less per
    tire.
    124—71~

    136
    Section 219.464
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon a reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of a VON emission source required to comply
    with a limit of Sections 219.461 through 219.464 shall
    conduct emissions testing, at such person’s own
    expense, to demonstrate compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emission test to
    demonstrate compliance shall notify the Agency of that
    intent not less than 30 days before the planned
    initiation of the tests so the Agency may observe the
    test.
    Section 218.465
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart 5, as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.466
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source shall have
    submitted to the Agency a compliance plan, pursuant to
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart H, including
    a project
    completion schedule where applicable, no later than
    April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 201, Subpart H, including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section 219.480
    Applicability
    a)
    The rules of this Subpart, except for Sections 219.483
    through 219.485, apply to all emission sources of VON,
    including but not limited to reactors, distillation
    units, dryers, storage tanks for VOL, equipment for the
    transfer of VOL, filters, crystallizers, washers,
    laboratory hoods, pharmaceutical coating operations,
    mixing operations and centrifuges used in
    manufacturing, including packaging, of pharmaceuticals,
    and emitting more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) and more
    than 2,268 kg/year (2.5 tons/year)
    of VON.
    If an
    emission source emits less than 2,268 kg/year (2.5
    124—718

    137
    tons/year) of VOM, the requirements of this Subpart
    still apply to the emission source if VON emissions
    from the emission source exceed 45.4 kg/day
    (100 lbs/day).
    b)
    Notwithstanding subsection
    (a), the air suspension
    coater/dryer, fluid bed dryers,
    tunnel dryers, and
    Accelacotas
    located
    in
    Libertyville
    Township,
    Lake
    County, Illinois shall be exempt from the rules of this
    Subpart, except for Sections 219.483 through 219.485,
    if emissions of VON not vented to air pollution control
    equipment do not exceed the following levels:’
    1)
    for the air suspension coater/dryer: 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year);
    2)
    for each fluid bed dryer: 4,535 kg/year
    (5.0 tons/year);
    3)
    for each tunnel dryer:
    6,803 kg/year (7.5
    tons/year); and
    4)
    for each Accelacota: 6,803 kg/year
    (7.5 tons/year).
    c)
    Sections 219.483 through 219.485 apply to a plant
    having one or more emission sources that:
    1)
    Are used to manufacture pharmaceuticals, and
    2)
    Emit more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) of VOM and
    more than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year)
    of VON,
    or,
    if less than 2,268 kg/year (2.5 tons/year),
    these Sections still apply if emissions from one
    or more sources exceed 45.4 kg/day (100 lbs/day)
    d)
    No owner or operator shall violate any condition in a
    permit when the condition results in exclusion of an
    emission source from this Subpart.
    e)
    Any pharmaceutical manufacturing source that becomes
    subject to the provisions of this Subpart at any time
    shall remain subject to the provisions of this Subpart
    at all times.
    f)
    Emissions subject to this Subpart shall be controlled
    at all times consistent with the requirements set forth
    in this Subpart.
    g)
    Any control device required pursuant to this Subpart
    shall be operated at all times when the source it is
    controlling is operated.
    124—7 19

    138
    h)
    Determinations of daily and annual emissions for
    purposes of this Section shall be made using both data
    on the hourly emission rate (or the emissions per unit
    of throughput)
    and appropriate daily and annual data
    from records of emission source operation
    (or material
    throughput or material consumption data).
    In the
    absence of representative test data pursuant to Section
    219.487 for the hourly emission rate
    (or the emissions
    per unit of throughput), such items shall be calculated
    using engineering calculations, including the methods
    described in Appendix B of “Control of Volatile Organic
    Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products”
    (EPA-450/2-78-029),
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    (This
    subsection shall not affect the Agency’s or the USEPA’s
    authority to require emission tests to be performed
    pursuant to Section 219.487.)
    Section 219.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip all reactors,
    distillation units, crystallizers, centrifuges and
    vacuum dryers that are used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals with surface condensers or other air
    pollution control equipment listed in subsection
    (b).
    If a surface condenser is used,
    it shall be operated
    such that the condenser outlet gas temperature does not
    exceed:
    1)
    248.2°K(—13°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psi) at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    2)
    258.2°K(5°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 20.0 kPa
    (2.9 psi) at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    3)
    273.2°K(32°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 10.0 kPa
    (1.5 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    4)
    283.2°K(50°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 7.0
    kPa
    (1.0 psi) at 294.3°K
    (70°F), or
    5)
    298.2°K(77°F)when condensing VOM of vapor
    pressure greater than 3.45 kPa (0.5 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°F).
    b)
    If a scrubber, carbon adsorber, thermal afterburner,
    124—720

    139
    catalytic afterburner, or other air pollution control
    equipment other than a surface condenser is used,
    such
    equipment shall provide a reduction in the emissions of
    VON of 90 percent or more.
    c)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all centrifuges
    used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and that have an
    exposed VOL surface, where the VON in the VOL has a
    vapor pressure of 3.45 kPa (0.5 psi) or more at 294.3°K
    (70°F), except as production, sampling, maintenance, or
    inspection procedures require operator access.
    Section 219.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment
    Exhaust Systems and Filters
    a)
    The owner or operator of an air dryer or production
    equipment exhaust system used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON from
    such emission sources by air pollution control
    equipment which reduces by 90 percent or more the VON
    that would otherwise be emitted into the atmosphere.
    b)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all rotary
    vacuum
    filters and other filters used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals and that have an exposed VOL surface,
    where the VON in the VOL has a vapor pressure of 3.45
    kPa
    (0.5 psi) or more at 294°K(70°F),except as
    production,
    sampling, maintenance, or inspection
    procedures require operator access.
    Section 219.483
    Material Storage and Transfer
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall:
    a)
    Provide a vapor balance system that is at least
    90 percent effective in reducing VON emissions from
    truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with
    capacities equal to or greater than 7.57
    in3 (2,000 gal)
    that store VOL with vapor pressures greater than
    28.0 kPa (4.1 psi) at 294.3°K(70°F),and
    b)
    Install, operate, and maintain pressure/vacuum
    conservation vents set at 0.2 kPa
    (0.03 psi) or greater
    on all storage tanks that store VOL with vapor
    pressures greater than 10 kPa
    (1.5 psi) at 294.3°K
    (70°F).
    Section 219.484
    In-Process Tanks
    The owner or operator shall install covers on all in—process
    tanks used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and containing a VOL at
    124—721

    140
    any time.
    These covers must remain closed, except as production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator
    access.
    Section 219.485
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall repair any component from which a leak of VOL can be
    observed.
    The repair shall be completed as soon as practicable
    but no later than 15 days after the leak is found.
    If the
    leaking component cannot be repaired until the process unit is
    shut down, the leaking component must then be repaired before the
    unit is restarted.
    Section 219.486
    Other Emission Sources
    The owner or operator of a washer, laboratory hood, tablet
    coating operation, mixing operation or any other process emission
    source not subject to Sections 219.481 through 219.485, and used
    to manufacture pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON
    from such emission sources by:
    a)
    Air pollution control equipment which reduces by
    81 percent or more the VON that would otherwise be
    emitted to the atmosphere,
    or
    b)
    A surface condenser which captures all the VON which
    would otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere and which
    meets the requirements of Section 219.481(a)
    and
    (b).
    Section 219.487
    Testing
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency or the USEPA,
    the owner or
    operator of any VON emission source subject to this
    Subpart or exempt from this Subpart by virtue of the
    provisions of Section 219.480 shall, at his own
    expense, demonstrate compliance to the Agency and the
    USEPA by the methods or procedures listed in Section
    219.105(f) (1).
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency and the USEPA of that intent not less than
    30 calendar days before the planned initiation of the
    test.
    Section 219.488
    Monitoring for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    At a minimum, continuous monitors for the following
    parameters shall be installed on air pollution control
    equipment used to control sources subject to this
    12
    4—7
    2 2

    141
    Subpart:
    1)
    Destruction device combustion temperature.
    2)
    Temperature rise across a catalytic afterburner
    bed.
    3)
    VON concentration on a carbon adsorption unit to
    determine breakthrough.
    4)
    Outlet gas temperature of a refrigerated
    condenser.
    5)
    Temperature of a non—refrigerated condenser
    coolant supply system.
    b)
    Each monitor shall be equipped with a recording device.
    c)
    Each monitor shall be calibrated quarterly.
    d)
    Each monitor shall operate at all times while the
    associated control equipment is operating.
    Section 219.489
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing
    facility shall maintain the following records:
    1)
    Parameters listed in Section 219.488(a) (1)
    shall
    be recorded.
    2)
    For sources subject to Section 219.481, the vapor
    pressure of VON being controlled shall be recorded
    for every process.
    b)
    For any leak subject to Section 219.485 which cannot be
    readily repaired within one hour after detection, the
    following records shall be kept:
    1)
    The name of the leaking equipment,
    2)
    The date and time the leak is detected,
    3)
    The action taken to repair the leak, and
    4)
    The data and time the leak is repaired.
    c)
    The following records shall be kept for emission
    sources subject to Section 219.484 which contain VOL:
    1)
    For maintenance and inspection:
    124—723

    142
    A)
    The date and time each cover is opened,
    B)
    The length of time the cover remains open,
    and
    C)
    The reason why the cover is opened.
    2)
    For production and sampling, detailed written
    procedures or manufacturing directions specifying
    the circumstances under which covers may be opened
    and the procedures for opening covers.
    d)
    For each emission source used in the manufacture of
    pharmaceuticals for which the owner or operator of a
    pharmaceutical manufacturing plant claims emission
    standards are not applicable, because the emissions are
    below the applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or 219.480(b),
    the owner or operator shall:
    1)
    Maintain a demonstration including detailed
    engineering calculations of the maximum daily and
    annual emissions for each such emission source
    showing that the, emissions are below the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or
    219.480(b),
    as appropriate,
    for the current and
    prior calendar years;
    2)
    Maintain appropriate operating records for each
    such emission source to identify whether the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or
    219.480(b),
    as appropriate, are ever exceeded; and
    3)
    Provide written notification to the Agency and the
    USEPA within 30 days of a determination that such
    an emission source has exceeded the applicability
    cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or 219.480(b),
    as
    appropriate.
    e)
    Records required under subsection
    (a)
    shall be
    maintained by the owner or operator for a minimum of
    two years after the date on which they are made.
    f)
    Copies of the records shall be made available to’the
    Agency or the USEPA upon verbal or written request.
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Section 219.521
    Definitions
    In addition to the definitions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211, the
    following definitions apply to this Subpart:
    124—7 24

    143
    “Air Oxidation Process”:
    any unit process including
    aminoxidation and oxychlorination which uses air or a
    combination of air and oxygen as an oxidant in
    combination with one or more organic reactants to
    produce one or more organic compounds.
    “Cost Effectiveness”:
    the annual expense for cost of
    control of a given process stream divided by the
    reduction in emissions of organic material of that
    stream.
    “Flow
    (F)”:
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm) at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    “Full Operating Flowrate”:
    Maximum operating capacity
    of the facility.
    “Hourly Emissions (E)”:
    Hourly emissions reported in
    kg/hr measured at full operating flowrate.
    “Net Heating Value
    (H)”:
    Vent stream net heating value
    (NJ/scm), where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is
    based on combustion at 25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C,as in’the definition
    of “Flow.”
    “Process Vent Stream”:
    An emission stream resulting
    from an air oxidation process.
    “Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE)”:
    Cost
    effectiveness in dollars per megagram of controlling
    any gaseous stream vented to the atmosphere from an air
    oxidation process divided by $1600/Mg, using the
    criteria and methods set forth in this Subpart and
    Appendices C and D.
    Section 219.525
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation
    Processes
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of volatile
    organic material
    (VON)
    from any process vent stream
    unless the process vent stream is vented to a
    combustion device which is designed and operated
    either:
    1)
    To reduce the volatile organic emissions vented to
    it with an efficiency of at least ninety eight
    percent
    (98)
    by weight; or
    2)
    To emit VON at a concentration less than twenty
    124—725

    144
    parts per million by volume, dry basis.
    b)
    Air oxidation facilities for which an existing
    combustion device is employed to control process VON
    emissions are not required to meet the 98 percent
    emissions limit until the combustion device is replaced
    for other reasons, which shall be considered to
    include, but not be limited to, normal maintenance,
    malfunction, accident, and obsolescence.
    The
    combustion device is considered to be replaced when:
    1)
    All of the device is replaced; or
    2)
    When the cost of the repair of the device or the
    cost of replacement of part of the device exceeds
    50
    of the cost of replacing the entire device
    with a device which complies.
    c)
    The limitations of subsection
    (a) do not apply to any
    process vent stream or combination of process vent
    streams which has a Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE) greater than 1.0, as determined by the following
    methods:
    1)
    If an air oxidation process has more than one
    process vent stream,
    TRE
    shall be based upon a
    combination of the process vent streams.
    2)
    TRE of a process vent stream shall be determined
    according to the following equation:
    TRE
    =
    E1
    a
    +
    bF~
    +
    cF
    +
    dFH
    +
    e(FH)~
    +
    fF°5
    where:
    n
    =
    0.88
    TRE
    =
    Total resource effectiveness index.
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    E
    =
    Hourly measured emissions in kg/hr.
    H
    =
    Net heating value of vent stream
    (NJ/scm), where the net enthalpy per
    mole of offgas is based on combustion at
    25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the standard
    temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C,as in
    the definition of “Flow”.
    124—7 26

    145
    a,b,
    c,d,
    e and f
    =
    Coefficients obtained by use of Appendix
    F.
    3)
    For nonchlorinated process vent streams,
    if the
    net heating value,
    H,
    is greater than 3.6 MJ/scm,
    F shall be replaced by F1 for purposes of
    calculating TRE.
    F~is computed as follows:
    F~
    =
    FH
    /
    3.6
    where F and H are as defined in subsection
    (c) (2).
    4)
    The actual numerical values used in the equation
    described in subsection
    (c) (2)
    shall be determined
    as follows:
    A)
    All reference methods and procedures for
    determining the flow,
    (F), hourly emissions,
    (E), and net heating,
    (H), value shall be in
    accordance with Appendix C.
    B)
    All coefficients described in subsection
    (c) (2)
    shall be in accordance with Appendix
    D.
    Section 219.526
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of an air oxidation process shall demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart by use of the methods
    specified in Appendix C.
    This Section does not limit
    the USEPA’s authority, under the Clean Air Act, to
    require demonstrations of compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so that the Agency
    may observe the test.
    Section 219.527
    Compliance Date
    Each owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart V, as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the standards and limitations of 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    215, Subpart V, by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section 219.541
    Pesticide Exception
    124—727

    146
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    the spraying or use of insecticides, herbicides or other
    pesticides.
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    219.561
    Architectural Coatings
    No person shall cause or allow the sale or use of any
    architectural coating containing more than 20 percent by volume
    of photo—chemically reactive material in containers having a
    capacity of more than one gallon.
    Section 219.562
    Paving Operations
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    the application of paving asphalt and pavement marking paint from
    sunrise to sunset.
    Section 219.563
    Cutback Asphalt
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the use or application
    of cutback asphalt for paving, resurfacing,
    reconditioning, repairing or otherwise maintaining a
    roadway unless:
    1)
    The use or application of the cutback asphalt
    commences on or after October
    1
    of
    any
    year
    and
    such use or application is completed by April 30
    of the following year; or
    2)
    The cutback asphalt is a long—life stockpile
    material which remains in stock after April 30 of
    each year and as such it may be used until
    depleted for patching potholes and for other
    similar repair work; or
    3)
    The cutback asphalt is to be used solely as an
    asphalt prime coat.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Section are not required to
    submit or obtain an Agency approved compliance plan or
    project completion schedule under 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H.
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 219.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to Subsection
    (e), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a delivery vessel into a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline
    124—728

    147
    plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage
    tank are each equipped with a vapor collection
    system that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4),
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is operating,
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Sections
    219.584
    (b) or
    (d),
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s) on the stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel are set to
    release at no less than 0.7 psi or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the guidelines of the National Fire Prevention
    Association, and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped with a
    submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a stationary storage tank
    located at a bulk gasoline plant into a delivery vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a)
    (4)
    are met, and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the
    delivery vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped
    for bottom loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection (e), each owner of a stationary
    storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with a vapor
    control system that meets the requirements of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable,
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline plant describing necessary maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system, and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    124—7 29

    148
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each operator of a bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions,
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system, and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order,
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 45.7 cm
    (18
    in.) of water and vacuum from exceeding 15.2
    cm
    (6 in.)
    of water, as measured as close as
    possible to the vapor hose connection,
    and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks
    from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor
    Collection Systems”, Appendix B,
    EPA 450/2—78-051,
    (incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112), and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the bulk
    plant vapor collection system in order to allow
    the determination of compliance with subsection
    (d) (4) (A), and
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of any
    leak by the owner, the operator, the Agency or the
    USEPA, repair and retest a vapor collection system
    which exceeds the limits of subsection
    Cd) (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c) and
    (d)
    shall
    not apply to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a capacity of
    less than 2,177 1
    (575 gal), or
    124—730

    149
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose daily gasoline
    throughput Is less than 15,140 1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a thirty-day rolling average.
    f)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall apply only to
    bulk gasoline plants whose daily gasoline throughput is
    greater than or equal to 15,140 1 (4,000 gal/day) on a
    thirty-day rolling average.
    g)
    Any bulk gasoline plant which is ever subject to
    subsections
    (a),
    (b),
    (c), or
    (d)
    shall always be
    subject to these paragraphs.
    Section 219.582
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the transfer of gasoline
    into any delivery vessel from any bulk gasoline
    terminal unless:
    1)
    The bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a
    vapor control system that limits emission of VON
    to 80 mg/1 (0.00067 lbs/gal) of gasoline loaded;
    2)
    The vapor control system is operating and all
    vapors displaced in the loading of gasoline to the
    delivery vessel are vented only to the vapor
    control system;
    3)
    There is no liquid drainage from the loading
    device when it is not in use;
    4)
    All loading and vapor return lines are equipped
    with fittings which are vapor tight;
    and
    5)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Section
    219.584(b)
    or
    (d); or,
    if the terminal
    is
    driver-loaded, the terminal owner or operator
    shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
    Section when terminal access authorization is
    limited to those owners and/or operators of
    delivery vessels who have provided a current
    certification as required by Section
    219.584(c) (3).
    b)
    Bulk gasoline terminals were required to take certain
    actions to achieve compliance which are summarized in
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 215, Appendix C.
    C)
    The operator of a bulk gasoline terminal shall:
    124—72
    1

    150
    1)
    Operate the terminal vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 18 inches of
    water and vacuum from exceeding
    6 inches of
    water as measured as close as possible to the’
    vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    2)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the
    terminal vapor collection system in order to allow
    the determination of compliance with Section
    219.582(d) (1) (A); and
    3)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner, operator, or the Agency repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection (c)(1)(A) or
    (B).
    Section 219.583
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    a)
    Subject to subsection (b), no person shall cause or
    allow the transfer of gasoline from any delivery vessel
    into any stationary storage tank at a gasoline
    dispensing facility unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a submerged loading
    pipe; and
    2)
    The vapors displaced from the storage tank during
    filling are processed by a vapor control system
    that includes one or more of the following:
    A)
    A vapor collection system that meets the
    requirements of subsection
    (d) (4); or
    B)
    A refrigeration-condensation system or any
    other system approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision, that
    recovers at least 90 percent by weight of all
    vaporized organic material from the equipment
    being controlled; and
    124—732

    151
    C)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of
    Section 219.584(b)
    or
    (d).
    b)
    The requirements of subsection
    (a) (2)
    shall not apply
    to transfers of gasoline to a stationary storage tank
    at a gasoline dispensing facility if:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a floating roof,
    or
    other system of equal or better emission control
    as approved by the Agency and approved by the
    USEPA as a SIP revision;
    2)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 2000 gallons
    and was in place and operating before January 1,
    1979; or
    3)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 575 gallons.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each owner of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Install all control systems and make all process
    modifications required by subsection
    (a);
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the
    gasoline dispensing facility describing necessary
    maintenance operations and procedures for prompt
    notification of the owner in case of any
    malfunction of a vapor control system; and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each operator of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system;
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the vapor collection system and delivery
    vessel unloading points in a manner that prevents:
    124—733

    152
    A)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B, and
    B)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during the filling
    of storage tanks; and
    5)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner, operator, or the Agency, repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (d)(4)(A).
    e)
    Gasoline dispensing facilities were required to take
    certain actions to achieve compliance which are
    summarized in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215, Appendix C.
    Section 219.584
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    a)
    Any delivery vessel equipped for vapor control by use
    of vapor collection equipment:
    1)
    Shall have a vapor space connection that is
    equipped with fittings which are vapor tight;
    2)
    Shall have its hatches closed at all times during
    loading or unloading operations, unless a top
    loading vapor recovery system is used;
    3)
    Shall not internally exceed a gauge pressure of 18
    inches of water or a vacuum of
    6 inches of water;
    4)
    Shall be designed and maintained to be vapor tight
    at all times during normal operations;
    5)
    Shall not be refilled in Illinois at other than:
    A)
    A bulk gasoline terminal that complies with
    the requirements of Section 219.582 or
    B)
    A bulk gasoline plant that complies with the
    requirements of Section 219.581(b).
    6)
    Shall be tested annually in accordance with Method
    27, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.105.
    Each vessel must be
    repaired and retested within 15 business days
    after discovery of the leak by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency, when it fails to sustain:
    A)
    A pressure drop of no more than three inches
    124—734

    153
    of water in five minutes; and
    B)
    A vacuum drop of no more than three inches of
    water in five minutes.
    b)
    Any
    delivery vessel meeting the requirements of
    subsection
    (a)
    shall have a sticker affixed to the tank
    adjacent to the tank manufacturer’s data plate which
    contains the tester’s name,
    the tank identification
    number and the date of the test.
    The sticker shall be
    in a form prescribed by the Agency, and,
    for those
    delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215 as of
    December 31,
    1987 shall have been displayed no later
    than December 31,
    1987.
    c)
    The owner or operator of a delivery vessel shall:
    1)
    Naintain copies of any test required under
    subsection
    (a) (6)
    for a period of 3 years;
    2)
    Provide copies of these tests to the Agency upon
    request; and
    3)
    Provide annual test result certification to bulk
    gasoline plants and terminals where the delivery
    vessel is loaded.
    d)
    Any delivery vessel which has undergone and passed a
    test in another state which has a USEPA—approved leak
    testing and certification program will satisfy the
    requirements of subsection
    (a).
    Delivery vessels must
    display a sticker, decal or stencil approved by the
    state where tested or comply with the requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    All such stickers, decals or stencils
    shall have been displayed no later than December 31,
    1987,
    for delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    215 as of December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.585
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    a)
    No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply,
    offer for supply, or transport for use in Illinois
    gasoline whose Reid vapor pressure exceeds the
    applicable limitations set forth in subsections
    (b) and
    (C)
    during the ‘regulatory control periods, which shall
    be July
    1 to August 31 for retail outlets, wholesale
    purchaser—consumer facilities, and all other
    facilities.
    b)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline,
    a measure of its
    volatility,
    shall not exceed 9.5 psi
    (65.5 kPa) during
    the regulatory control period in 1990 and each year
    124—735

    154
    thereafter.
    c)
    The Reid vapor pressure of ethanol blend gasolines
    shall not exceed the limitations for gasoline set forth
    in subsection
    (b) by more than 1.0 psi (6.9 kPa).
    Notwithstanding this limitation, blenders of ethanol
    blend gasolines whose Reid vapor pressure is less than
    1.0 psi above the base stock gasoline immediately after
    blending with ethanol are prohibited from adding butane
    or any product that will increase the Reid vapor
    pressure of the blended gasoline.
    d)
    All sampling of gasoline required pursuant to the.
    provisions of this Section shall be conducted by one or
    more of the following approved methods or procedures
    which are incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    1)
    For manual sampling, ASTN D4057;
    2)
    For automatic sampling, ASTN D4177;
    3)
    Sampling procedures for Fuel Volatility,
    40 CFR 80
    Appendix D.
    e)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline shall be measured
    in accordance with either test method ASTM D323 or a
    modification of ASTM D323 known as the “dry method” as
    set forth in 40 CFR 80, Appendix E, incorporated by
    reference in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.105.
    For gasoline
    oxygenate blends which contain water—extractable
    oxygenates,
    the Reid vapor pressure shall be measured
    using the dry method test.
    f)
    The ethanol content of ethanol blend gasolines shall be
    determined by use of one of the approved testing
    methodologies specified in 40 CFR 80, Appendix F,
    incorporated by reference in 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.105.
    g)
    Any alternate to the sampling or testing methods or
    procedures contained in subsections
    (d),
    (e), and
    (f)
    must be approved by the Agency, which shall consider
    data comparing the performance of the proposed
    alternative to the performance of one or more approved
    test methods or procedures.
    Such data shall accompany
    any request for Agency ‘approval of any alternate test
    procedure.
    If the Agency determines that such data
    demonstrates that the proposed alternative will achieve
    results equivalent to the approved test methods or will
    achieve results equivalent to the approved test methods
    or procedures, the Agency shall approve the proposed
    alternative.
    124—73 6

    155
    h)
    Each refiner or supplier that distributes gasoline or
    ethanol blends shall:
    1)
    During the regulatory control period,
    state that
    the Reid vapor pressure of all gasoline or ethanol
    blends leaving the refinery or distribution
    facility for use in Illinois complies with the
    Reid vapor pressure limitations set forth in 35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 215.585(b) and
    (c).
    Any
    facility
    receiving this gasoline shall be provided with a
    copy of an invoice, bill of lading, or other
    documentation used in normal business practice
    stating that the Reid vapor pressure of the
    gasoline complies with the State Reid vapor
    pressure standard.
    2)
    Maintain records for a period of one year on the
    Reid vapor pressure, quantity shipped and date of
    delivery of any gasoline or ethanol blends leaving
    the refinery or distribution facility for use in
    Illinois.
    The Agency shall be provided with
    copies of such records if requested.
    SUBPART Z:
    DRY CLEANERS
    Section 219.601
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning facility which uses
    perchloroethylene shall:
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly
    designed and functioning carbon adsorption system or
    equally effective control device; and
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VON from the dryer
    control device before dilution, or achieve a 90 percent
    average reduction before dilution; and
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking
    liquid VOM; and
    d)
    Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that
    the residue contains 25 kg (55 lb) or less of volatile
    organic material per 100 kg (220 ib) of wet waste
    material; and
    e)
    Reduce the VVOM from all solvent stills to 60 kg (132
    lb) or less per 100 kg (220 1b) of wet waste material;
    and
    f)
    Drain all filtration cartridges in the filter housing
    or other sealed container for at least 24 hours before
    124—737

    156
    discarding the cartridges; and
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment
    connected to an emission reduction system or in a
    manner that will eliminate emission of volatile organic
    material to the atmosphere.
    Section 219.602
    Exemptions
    The provisions of Section 219.601 are not applicable to
    perchloroethylene
    dry
    cleaning operations which are coin—operated
    or to dry cleaning facilities consuming less than 30 gal per
    month (360 gal per year)
    of perchloroethylene.
    Section 219.603
    Leaks
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section
    219.601(c) by a visual inspection of the following: hose
    connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door gaskets
    and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps; base tanks
    and storage containers; water separators; filter sludge recovery;
    distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
    Section 219.604
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source previously subject
    to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart
    Z shall have complied with its
    standards and limitations in accordance with the applicable dates
    set forth
    in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.604.
    Section 219.605
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    this Subpart shall have submitted to the Agency a
    compliance plan, pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201,
    Subpart H, including a project completion schedule
    where applicable, no later than,
    for Section 219.601(a)
    and
    (b)., April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart H,
    including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    Section 219.606
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Coin-operated dry cleaning operations and dry cleaning facilities
    124—738

    157
    consuming less than 30 gal per month
    (360 gal per year)
    of
    perchloroethylene are not required to submit or obtain an Agency
    approved compliance plan or project completion schedule.
    Section 219.607
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning dryer shall either:
    1)
    Limit emissions of volatile organic material to
    the atmosphere to an average of 3.5 kilograms of
    VON per 100 kilograms dry weight of articles dry
    cleaned, or
    2)
    Install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a
    manner such that the dryer remains closed and the
    recovery phase
    continues until a final solvent
    flow rate of 50 ml per minute is attained.
    b)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent filtration
    system shall either:
    1)
    Reduce the VON content in all filtration wastes to
    1.0 kilogram or less per 100 kg dry weight of
    articles dry cleaned, before disposal, and
    exposure to the atmosphere, or
    2)
    Install and operate a cartridge filtration system,
    and drain the filter cartridges in their sealed
    housings for 8 hours or more before their removal.
    Section 219.608
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry
    Cleaners
    In order to minimize fugitive solvent emissions, the owner or
    operator of a petroleum solvent dry cleaning facility shall
    employ good housekeeping practices including the following:
    a)
    General Housekeeping Requirements
    1)
    Equipment containing solvent (washers, dryers,
    extractors and filters) shall remain closed at all
    times except during load transfer and maintenance.
    Lint filter and button trap covers shall remain
    closed except when solvent—laden material is being
    removed.
    2)
    Cans,
    buckets, barrels and other containers of
    solvent or of solvent—laden material shall be
    covered except when in use.
    3)
    Solvent—laden material shall be exposed to the
    124—739

    158
    atmosphere only for the minimum time necessary for
    load transfer.
    b)
    Installation and operation of equipment:
    1)
    All cartridge filters shall be enclosed and
    operated in accordance with the procedures and
    specifications recommended by the manufacturer for
    the cartridge filter.
    After installation, the
    cartridges shall be inspected, monitored and
    maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
    recommendations; and
    2)
    Vents on containers for new solvent and for
    solvent—containing waste shall be constructed and
    maintained so as to minimize solvent vapor
    emissions.
    Criteria for the minimization of
    solvent vapor emissions include the elimination of
    solvent buckets and barrels standing open to the
    atmosphere, and the repair of gaskets and seals
    that expose solvent—rich environments to the
    atmosphere, to be determined through visual
    inspection.
    Section 219.609
    Program for Inspection and Repair of
    Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning facility shall conduct the following visual
    inspections on a weekly basis:
    1)
    Washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks,
    vacuum stills and containers and conveyors of
    petroleum solvent shall be inspected for visible
    leaks of solvent liquid.
    2)
    Pipes, hoses and fittings shall be inspected for
    active dripping or dampness.
    3)
    Pumps and filters shall be inspected for leaks
    around seals and access covers.
    4)
    Gaskets and seals shall be inspected for wear and
    defects.
    b)
    Leaks of petroleum solvent liquid and vapors shall be
    repaired within three working days of detection, unless
    necessary replacement parts are not on site.
    1)
    If necessary, repair parts shall be ordered within
    three working days of detection of the leak.
    124—7 40

    159
    2)
    The leak shall be repaired within three days of
    delivery of necessary parts.
    Section 219.610
    Testing and Nonitoring
    a)
    Compliance with Sections 219.607(b) (2), 215.608 and
    215.609 shall be determined by visual inspection; and
    b)
    Compliance with Sections 219.607(a) (2)
    and (b)(1)
    shall
    be determined by methods described in EPA-450/3-82-009
    (1982)
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    c)
    If a control device is used to comply with Section
    219.607(a) (1), then compliance shall be determined
    using 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, Method 25
    (1984)
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    Section 219.611
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    The provisions of Sections 219.607 through 219.610 shall not
    apply to petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities whose
    emissions of volatile organic material do not exceed 91 Mg (100
    tons) per year in the absence of pollution control equipment or
    whose emissions of VON,
    as limited by the operating permit, will
    not exceed 91 Mg (100 tons) per year in the absence of pollution
    control equipment.
    Section 219.612
    Compliance Dates
    Owners and operators of emission sources subject to 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 215.607 through 215.609 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the requirements set forth therein no later than
    December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.613
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source formerly
    subject to 35 Ill.
    Adin. Code 215.610(a) as of May 31,
    1987 shall have submitted to the Agency a compliance
    plan,
    including a project completion schedule where
    applicable, no later than May 31,
    1987.
    b)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 201.
    SUBPART AA:
    ,,PAINT
    AND
    INK MANUFACTURING
    Section 219.620
    Applicability
    a)
    This subpart shall apply to all paint and ink
    manufacturing plants which:
    124—741

    160
    1)
    Include process emission sources not subject to
    Subparts B,
    E, F
    (excluding Section 219.204(1)), H
    excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or
    Z
    of this Part; and which as a group both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used, and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of VON emissions per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    through production or capacity limitations
    contained in a federally enforceable
    construction permit or a SIP revision, or
    2)
    Produce more than 7,570,820
    1
    (2,000,000 gal) per
    calendar year of paint or ink formulations, which
    contain less than 10 percent (by weight)
    water,
    and ink formulations not containing as the primary
    solvents water, Magie oil or glycol.
    b)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 219.621
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and
    Heatset-Offset Ink
    The requirements of Sections 219.624 and 219.625 and Section
    219.628(a)
    shall not apply to equipment while it is being used to
    produce either:
    a)
    paint or ink formulations which contain 10 percent or
    more (by weight) water, or
    b)
    inks containing Magie oil and glycol as the primary
    solvent.
    Section 219.623
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.624
    Open-top Mills,
    Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    No person shall operate an open—top mill, tank, vat or vessel
    with a volume of more than 45
    1
    (12 gal) for the production. of
    paint or ink unless:
    124—7 42

    161
    a)
    The mill,
    tank, vat or vessel is equipped with a cover
    which completely covers the mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    opening except for an opening no larger than necessary
    to allow for safe clearance for a mixer shaft.
    Such
    cover shall extend at least 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) beyond
    the outer rim of the opening or be attached to the rim.
    b)
    The cover remains closed except when production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require
    access.
    c)
    The cover is maintained in good condition such that,
    when in place, it maintains contact with the rim of the
    opening for at least 90 percent of the circumference of
    the rim.
    Section 219.625
    Grinding Mills
    a)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill for the
    production of paint or ink which is not maintained in
    accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
    b)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill fabricated or
    modified after the effective date of this Subpart which
    is not equipped with fully enclosed screens.
    C)
    The manufacturer’s specifications shall be kept on file
    at the plant by the owner or operator of the grinding
    mill and be made available to any person upon verbal or
    written request during business hours.
    Section 219.626
    Storage Tanks
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOL
    with a vapor pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.5 psi) at
    20°C(68°F)with pressure/vacuum conservation vents set
    as a minimum at.+/-0.2 kPa
    (0.029 psi).
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative air
    pollution control system may be used if it results in a
    greater emission reduction than these controls.
    Any
    alternative control system can be allowed only if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a
    SIP revision.
    b)
    Stationary VOL storage containers with a capacity
    greater than 946 1 (250 gal)
    shall be equipped with a
    submerged-fill pipe or bottom fill.
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative control
    system can be allowed only if approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.628
    Leaks
    124—743

    162
    The owner or operator of a paint or ink manufacturing plant
    shall,
    for the purpose of detecting leaks, conduct an equipment
    monitoring program as set forth below:
    a)
    Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each
    calendar week for indications of leaks, that is,
    liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    If there are
    indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, the
    pump shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no
    later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected.
    b)
    Any pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling
    connection,
    open—ended valve and flange or connector
    containing a fluid which is at least 10 percent VON by
    weight which appears to be leaking on the basis of
    sight,
    smell or sound shall be repaired as soon as
    practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after
    the leak is detected.
    c)
    A weather proof,
    readily visible tag,
    in bright colors
    such as red or yellow, bearing an identification number
    and the date on which the leak was detected shall be
    attached to leaking equipment.
    The tag may be removed
    upon repair, that is, when the equipment is adjusted or
    otherwise altered to allow operation without leaking.
    d)
    When a leak is detected, the owner or operator shall
    record the date of detection and repair and the record
    shall be retained at the plant for at least two years
    from the date of each detection or each repair attempt.
    The record shall be made available to any person upon
    verbal or written request during business hours.
    Section 219.630
    Clean Up
    a)
    No person shallclean paint or ink manufacturing
    equipment with organic solvent unless the equipment
    being cleaned is completely covered or enclosed except
    for an opening no larger than necessary to allow safe
    clearance for proper operation of the cleaning
    equipment,
    considering the method and materials being
    used.
    b)
    No person shall store organic wash solvent in other
    than closed containers, unless closed containers are
    demonstrated to be a safety hazard,
    or dispose of
    organic wash solvent in a manner such that more than 20
    percent by weight is allowed to evaporate into the
    atmosphere.
    Section 219.636
    Compliance Schedule
    124—744

    163
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106.
    Section 219.637
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of an
    emission source which claims to be exempt from the
    requirements of this Subpart shall submit records to
    the Agency within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request which document that the emission source is in
    fact exempt from this Subpart.
    These records shall
    include (but are not limited to) the percent water
    (by
    weight)
    in the paint or ink being produced and the
    quantity of Magie oil, glycol and other solvents in the
    ink being produced.
    b)
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall
    maintain all records necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with those requirements at the facility for
    three years.
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Section
    219.875
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    BB
    The provisions of this Subpart shall apply to polystyrene plants:
    a)
    Which use continuous processes to manufacture
    polystyrene
    -
    polybutadiene co-polymer; and
    b)
    Which fall within Standard Industrial Classification
    Group No.
    282, Industry No.
    2821,
    except that the
    manufacture of polystyrene resins need not be the
    primary manufacturing process at the plant.
    Section 219.877
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    No person shall cause or allow the emissions of VON from the
    material recovery section to exceed 0.12 kg of VON per 1000 kg of
    polystyrene resin produced.
    Section 219.879
    Compliance Date
    Every owner and operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart BB as of December 31,
    1987,
    shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Sectjon 219.881
    Compliance Plan
    124—745

    164
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source formerly
    subject to the requirements of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215
    Subpart BB shall have submitted to the Agency a
    compliance plan in accordance with 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H, including a project completion schedule
    on or before December 1,
    1987.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to this Subpart may
    operate the emission source according to the plan and
    schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 201, Subpart H and Section 219.883.
    Section 219.883
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    For sources subject to this Subpart, an approvable compliance
    plan shall include:
    a)
    A description of each process which is subject to an
    emissions limitation;
    b)
    Quantification of the emissions from each process;
    c)
    A description of the procedures and methods used to
    determine the emissions of VOM;
    d)
    A description of the methods which will be used to
    demonstrate compliance with the allowable plantwide
    emission limitation (Section 215.877), including a
    method of inventory, recordkeeping and emission
    calculation or measurement.
    Section 219.886
    Emissions Testing
    a)
    Upon a reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of a polystyrene plant subject to this Subpart
    shall at his own expense demonstrate compliance by use
    of the following method:
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method
    25
    -
    Determination of Total Gaseous Non—Methane Organic
    Emissions as Carbon (1984),
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so the Agency may
    observe the test.
    124—7 46

    165
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 219.920
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X, Y or Z if the plant is subject
    to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this Subpart if
    it contains process emission sources, not regulated by
    Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section 219.204(1)), H
    (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S, V1
    X, Y or Z of
    this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air-
    pollution control equipment were used, and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous fabricated products
    manufacturing process emission source which was ever
    subject to the control requirements of Section 219.926.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 219.926 does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source
    is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 219.923
    Permit Conditions
    124—74 7

    166
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.926
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c)
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    ‘For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VOM/l
    (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal) of coating as applied (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) during any day.
    Owners and
    operators complying with this Section are not required
    to comply with Section 219.301, or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.927
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106.
    Section 219.928
    Testing
    a)
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary to conduct
    testing to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.926, the
    owner or operator of a VOM emission source subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart shall, at his
    own
    expense,
    conduct such tests in accordance with the appliacable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105.
    b)
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the authority of the
    USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require
    testing.
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    NISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 219.940
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    124—748

    167
    plant’s miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process
    emission sources, which are not included within any of
    the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of this Part if the plant is
    subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this
    Subpart if it contains process emission sources, not
    regulated by Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section
    219.204(1)), H
    (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous formulation manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to
    the
    control requirements of Section 219.946.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VOM to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg (2.5 tons) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with this Section does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons) per
    calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 219.943
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.946
    Control Requirements
    124—749

    168
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a) or
    (b)
    below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.947
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    219. 106.
    Section 219.948.
    Testing
    a)
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary to conduct
    testing to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.946, the
    owner or operator of a VON emission source subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart shall,
    at his own expense,
    conduct such tests in accordance with the appliacable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105.
    b)
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the authority of the
    USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require
    testing.
    SUBPART RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 219.960
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y or Z of this Part,
    if the
    plant is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject
    to this Subpart if it contains process emission
    sources, not regulated by Subparts B,
    E, F
    (excluding
    Section 219.204(1)), H (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used, and
    124—750

    169
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of Subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 219.966.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the twt~BiAm~thDn~1frGñ6sdobssnutceKcne~
    ~o~pfl!gi~.
    0
    tons) per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 219.963
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.966
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a) or
    (b) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VOM emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.967
    Compliance Schedule
    124—751

    170
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements of this Subpart on and after a date consistent with
    Section 219.106.
    Section 219.968
    Testing
    a)
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary to conduct
    testing to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.966, the
    owner or operator of a VON emission source subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart shall, at his own expense,
    conduct such tests in accordance with the appliacable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105.
    b)
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the authority of the
    USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require
    testing.
    SUBPART TT:
    OTHER EMISSION SOURCES
    Section 219.980
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s VON emission sources, which are not included
    within any of the source categories specified in
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S, V,
    X,
    Y,
    Z,
    AA,
    PP,
    QQ,
    or RR of this Part,
    or are not exempted from permitting
    requirements pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146,
    if
    the plant is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is
    subject to this Subpart if it contains process emission
    sources, not regulated by Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding
    Section 219.204(1)), H (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of this Part, which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VOM if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction or operating
    permit or a SIP revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to an emission source which was ever subject to
    the control requirements of Section 219.986.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    124—752

    171
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg (2.5 tons) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 219.986 does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    The control requirements in Subparts QQ, RR, SS and TT
    shall not apply to sewage treatment plants, vegetable
    oil processing plants, coke ovens
    (including by-product
    recovery plants), fuel combustion sources, bakeries,
    barge loading facilities, jet engine test cells,
    pharmaceutical manufacturing, production of polystyrene
    foam insulation board (including storage and extrusion
    of scrap where blowing agent is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), production of
    polystyrene foam packaging (not including storage and
    extrusion of scrap where blowing agent is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), and iron and steel
    production.
    Section 219.983
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.986
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control equipment which achieve an
    overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of at
    least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VOM/l
    (3.5 lbs
    VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied during any day.
    Owners and operators
    complying with this Section are not required to comply
    with Section 219.301, or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    124—753

    172
    Section 219.987
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emissions source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section 219.136.
    Section 219.988
    Testing
    a)
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary to conduct
    testing to demonstr~’..cecompliance with Section 219.986, the
    owner or operator of a VON emission source subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart shall, at his own expense,.
    conduct such tests in accordance with the appliacable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105.
    b)
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the authority of the
    USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require
    testing.
    SUBPART UU:
    RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR NON-CTG SOURCES
    Section 219.990
    Exempt Emission Sources
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of
    an. emission
    source which is exempt from the requirements of Subparts PP, QQ,
    RR, TT or Section 219.208(b)
    shall submit records to the Agency
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the request that
    document that the emission source is exempt from those
    requirements.
    Section 219.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    a)
    Any
    owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP, QQ, RR or TT
    and complying by the use of emission capture and
    control equipment shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new emission source, the
    owner or operator of -the subject VON emission
    source shall demonstrate to the Agency that the
    subject emission source will be in compliance on
    and after a date consistent with Section 219.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up date by
    submitting to the Agency all calculations and
    other supporting data,
    including descriptions and
    results of any tests the owner or operator may
    have performed.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    124—754

    173
    date,
    the owner or operator of a subject VON
    emission source shall collect and record all of
    the following information each day and maintain
    the information at the facility for a period of
    three years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated emission source.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outaqes.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106,
    the owner or operator of a subject VON
    emission source shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing a violation of the
    requirements of Subpart PP, QQ, RR or TT
    shall be reported by sending a copy of such
    record to the Agency within 30 days following
    the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of capture systems and control
    devices to the use of complying coatings, the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (b) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of capture
    systems and control devices to the use of
    complying coatings, the owner or operator
    shall comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    4)
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary
    to conduct testing to demonstrate compliance with
    this Subpart, the owner or operator of a VON
    emission source subject to the requirements of
    this Subpart shall, at his
    own
    expense, conduct
    such tests in accordance with the applicable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section
    219.105.
    Nothing in this Section shall limit
    the
    authority of the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air
    Act, as amended, to require testing.
    124—755

    174
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP or TT and
    complying by means of the daily-weighted average VOM
    content limitation shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a coating line subject to
    Subpart PP or TT, the owner or operator of the
    subject coating line shall certify to the Agency
    that the coating line will be in compliance on and
    after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    on and after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    the daily-weighted average VON content
    limitation.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On’ and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a subject coating
    line shall collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at
    the
    facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    124—7 56

    175
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all•
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 219.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of the
    requirements of Subpart PP or TT shall be
    reported by sending a copy of such record to
    the Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of complying coatings to the
    use
    capture systems and control devices, the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (a) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of complying
    coatings to the use capture systems and
    control devices, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (a).
    c)
    Any
    owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP, QQ,
    RR
    or TT
    and complying by means of an alternative control plan
    which has been approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision shall comply with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in
    the alternative control plan.
    124—757

    176
    Appendix A
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    CAS No.
    a
    Chemical
    105—57—7
    Acetal
    75-07-0
    Acetaldehyde
    107-89—1
    Acetaldol
    60-35-5
    Acetamide
    103—84—4
    Acetanilide
    64-19-7
    Acetic acid
    108—24-7
    Acetic anhydride
    67—64-1
    Acetone
    75-86-5
    Acetone cyanohydrin
    75-05-8
    Acetonitrile
    98-86-2
    Acetophenone
    75-36-5
    Acetyl chloride
    74-86-2
    Acetylene
    107—02—8
    Acrolein
    79-06-1
    Acrylamide
    79-10-7
    Acrylic acid
    & esters
    107-13-1
    Acrylonitrile
    124-04—9
    Adipic acid
    111—69-3
    Adiponitrile
    (b)
    Alkyl naphthalenes
    107—18—6
    Allyl
    alcohol
    107—05—1
    Allyl chloride
    1321—11-5
    Aminobenzoic acid
    111-41-1
    Aininoethylethanolamine
    123—30-8
    p—aminophenol
    628—63-7,
    Amyl acetates
    123—92—2
    Amyl
    alcohols
    110—58—7
    Amyl amine
    543-59-9
    Amyl chloride
    Amyl mercaptans
    1322-06-1
    Amyl
    phenol
    62—53—3
    Aniline
    142-04-1
    Aniline hydrochloride
    29191—52—4
    Anisidine
    100—66—3
    Anisole
    118—92-3
    Anthranilic acid
    84-65-1
    Anthraquinone
    100—52-7
    Benzaldehyde
    55—21-0
    Benzamide
    71-43—2
    Benzene
    98-48-6
    Benzenedisulfonic acid
    98-11—3
    Benzenesulfonic acid
    134—81—6
    Benzil
    76-93—7
    Benzilic acid
    65-85-0
    Benzoic acid
    119—53—9
    Benzoin
    ‘124—75 8

    177
    100—47—0
    Benzonitrile
    119-61—9
    Benzophenone
    98-07—7
    Benzotrichloride
    98—88—4
    Benzoyl chloride
    100-51—6
    Benzyl alcohol
    100—46—9
    Benzylamine
    120—51—4
    Benzyl benzoate
    100—44-7
    Benzyl chloride
    98—87—3
    Benzyl dichloride
    92—52—4
    Biphenyl
    80-05-7
    Bisphenol A
    10-86-1
    Bromobenzene
    27497-51-4
    Bromonaphthalene
    106—99-0
    Butadiene
    106—98—9
    1—butene
    123-86-4
    n-butyl acetate
    141-32-2
    n-butyl acrylate
    71—36-3
    n-butyl alcohol
    78—92—2
    s-butyl alcohol
    75-65-0
    t-butyl alcohol
    109-73-9
    n-butylamine
    13952—84—6
    s—butylamine
    75-64-9
    t-butylamine
    98-73-7
    p-tert-butyl benzoic acid
    107-88—0
    13-butylene glycol
    123-72-8
    n-butyraldehyde
    107—92-6
    Butyric acid
    106-31—0
    Butyric anhydride
    109-74-0
    Butyronitrile
    105—60-2
    Caprolactam
    75-1-50
    Carbon disulfide
    558-13-4
    Carbon tetrabromide
    55-23-5
    Carbon tetrachloride
    9004-35—7
    Cellulose acetate
    79—11—8
    Chloroacetic acid
    108—42-9
    m-chloroaniline
    95—51—2
    o-chloroaniline
    106—47-8
    p—chloroaniline
    35913-09-8
    Chlorobenzaldehyde
    108—90-7
    Chlorobenzene
    118-91-2,
    Chlorobenzoic acid
    535—80—8,
    74—ll—3c
    2136—81-4,
    Chlorobenzotrichloride
    2136—89—2,
    52l6—2S—lc
    1321-03-5
    Chlorobenzoyl chloride
    75-45-6
    Chlorodifluoroethane
    25497-29-4
    Chlorodifluoromethane
    67-66—3
    Chloroform
    25586—43-0
    Chloronaphthalene
    88—73—3
    o—chloronitrobenzene
    124—759

    178
    100-00-5
    p-chloronitrobenzene
    25167-80-0
    Chlorophenols
    126-99-8
    Chloroprene
    7790-94-5
    Chlorosulfonic acid
    108-41-8
    m-chlorotoluene
    95-49-8
    o-chlorotoluene
    106-43-4
    p-chlorotoluene
    75-72-9
    Chlorotrifluoromethane
    108—39-4
    m—cresol
    95—48—7
    o—cresol
    106—44—5
    p—cresol
    1319—77—3
    Mixed cresols
    1319—77-3
    Cresylic acid
    4170-30-0
    Crotonaldehyde
    3724—65-0
    Crontonic acid
    98—82-8
    Cumene
    80-15-9
    Cumene hydroperoxide
    372-09-8
    Cyanoacetic acid
    506-77-4
    Cyanogen chloride
    108-80-5
    Cyanuric acid
    108—77—0
    Cyanuric chloride
    110-82-7
    Cyclohexane
    108-93-0
    Cyclohexanol
    108-94-1
    Cyclohexanone
    110-83-8
    Cyclohexene
    108-91-8
    Cyclohexylamine
    111-78-4
    Cyclooctadiene
    112—30-1
    Decanol
    123-42—2
    Diacetone alcohol
    27576-04-1
    Diaminobenzoic acid
    95—76-1,
    Dichloroaniline
    95—82—9,
    554—00—7,
    608—27—5,
    608—31—1,
    626—43—7,
    27134—27—6,
    57311—92—9c
    541-73-1
    m-dichlorobenzene
    95-50-1
    o-dichlorobenzene
    106-46-7
    p-dichlorobenzene
    75-71-8
    Dichlorodifluoromethane
    111-44-4
    Dichloroethyl ether
    107—06-2
    l,2—dichloroethane
    (EDC)
    96-23-1
    Dichlorohydrin
    26952-23-8
    Dichioropropene
    101-83-7
    Dicyclohexylamine
    109-89-7
    Diethylamine
    111-46-6
    Diethylene glycol
    112-36-7
    Diethylene glycol diethyl ether
    111-96-6
    Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether
    112-34-5
    Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    124—760

    179
    ‘124—17—7
    111—90—0
    112—15—2
    111—77—3
    64—67—5
    75—37—6
    25167—70—8
    26761—40—0
    27554—26—3
    674—82—8
    124—40—3
    121—69—7
    115—10—6
    68—12—2
    57—14—7
    77—78—1
    75—18—3
    67—68—5
    120—61—6
    99—34—3
    51—28—5
    123—91—1
    646—06—0
    122—39—4
    101—84—4
    102—08—9
    25265—71—8
    25378—22—7
    28675—17—4
    27193—86—8
    106—89—8
    64—17—5
    141—43—5c
    141—78—6
    141—97—9
    140—88—5
    75—04—7
    100—41—4
    74—96—4
    9004—57—3
    75—00—3
    105—39—5
    105—56—6
    74—85—1
    96—49—1
    107—07—3
    107—15—3
    106—93—4
    107—21—1
    111—55—7
    Diethylene glycol mononbutyl ether
    acetate
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether
    Diethyl sulfate
    Difluoroethane
    Diisobutylene
    Diisodecyl phthalate
    Diisooctyl phthalate
    Diketene
    Dimethylamine
    N,N-dimethylaniline
    N,N-dimethyl ether
    N,N-dimethylformamide
    Dimethylhydrazme
    Dimethyl sulfate
    Dimethyl sulfide
    Dimethyl sulfoxide
    Dimethyl terephthalate
    3,5-dinitrobenzoic acid
    Dinitrophenol
    Dinitrotoluene
    Dioxane
    Dioxilane
    Diphenylamine
    Diphenyl oxide
    Diphenyl thiourea
    Dipropylene glycol
    Dodecene
    Dodecylaniline
    Dodecylphenol
    Epichlorohydrin
    Ethanol
    Ethanolamines
    Ethyl acetate
    Ethyl acetoacetate
    Ethyl acrylate
    Ethylamine
    Ethylbenzene
    Ethyl bromide
    Ethylcellulose
    Ethyl chloride
    Ethyl chloroacetate
    Ethylcyanoacetate
    Ethylene
    Ethylene carbonate
    Ethylene chlorohydrin
    Ethylenediamine
    Ethylene dibromide
    Ethylene glycol
    Ethylene glycol diacetate
    124—761

    180
    110-71-4
    Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether
    111-76-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    112-07-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate
    110-80-5
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    111-15-9
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
    109-86-4
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    110-49-6
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
    122-99-6
    Ethylene glycol monophenyl ether
    2807-30-9
    Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether
    75-21-8
    Ethylene oxide
    60-29-7
    Ethyl ether
    104—76-7
    2-ethylhexanol
    122-51-0
    Ethyl orthoformate
    95-92—1
    Ethyl oxalate
    41892—71-1
    Ethyl sodium oxaloacetate
    50-00-0
    Formaldehyde
    .75—12-7
    Formamide
    64—18—6
    Formic acid
    110—17—8
    Fuinaric acid
    98-01-1
    Furfural
    56-81-5
    Glycerol
    (Synthetic)
    26545-73-7
    Glycerol dichlorohydrin
    25791-96—2
    Glycerol triether
    56—40—6
    Glycine
    107—22—2
    Glyoxal
    118-74-1
    Hexachlorobenzene
    67-72-1
    Hexachloroethane
    36653-82—4
    Hexadecyl alcohol
    124-09-4
    Hexamethylenediamine
    629-11-8
    Hexamethylene glycol
    100-97-0
    Hexamethylenetetramine
    74-90-8
    Hydrogen cyanide
    123-31-9
    Hydroquinone
    99-96-7
    p-hydroxybenzoic acid
    26760—64—5
    Isoamylene
    78—83-1
    Isobutanol
    110-19-0
    Isobutyl acetate
    115—11-7
    Isobutylene
    78-84-2
    Isobutyraldehyde
    79—31—2
    Isobutyric acid
    25339—17—7
    Isodecanol
    26952—21—6
    Isooctyl alcohol
    78—78—4
    Isopentane
    78-59-1
    Isophorone
    121—91—5
    Isophthalic acid
    78—79-5
    Isoprene
    67—63—0
    Isopropanol
    108-21-4
    Isopropyl acetate
    75—31—0
    Isopropylamine
    75-29-6
    Isopropyl chloride
    25168-06-3
    Isopropylphenol
    463-51-4
    Ketene
    124—7 62

    181
    (b)
    Linear alkyl sulfonate*
    123-01—3
    Linear alkylbenzene
    110-16—7
    Naleic acid
    108—31—6
    Naleic anhydride
    6915—15—7
    Nalic acid
    141—79—7
    Mesityl oxide
    121-47-1
    Netanilic acid
    79-41-4
    Methacrylic acid
    563—47—3
    Methallyl chloride
    67-56-1
    Methanol
    79-20-9
    Methyl acetate
    105-45-3
    Methyl acetoacetate
    74-89-5
    Nethylamine
    100—61—8
    n—methylaniline
    74-83-9
    Methyl bromide
    37365-71-2
    Methyl butynol
    74-87-3
    Methyl chloride
    108-87-2
    Methyl cyclohexane
    1331-22—2
    Methyl cyclohexanone
    75-09-2
    Methylene chloride
    101-77-9
    Methylene dianiline
    101-68-8
    Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate
    78-93-3
    Methyl ethyl ketone
    107-31-3.
    Methyl formate
    108—11—2
    Methyl isobutyl carbinol
    108—10-1
    Methyl isobutyl ketone
    80-62-6
    Methyl methacrylate
    77-75-8
    Methylpentynol
    98-83-9
    B-methylstyrene
    110—91-8
    Morpholine
    85-47—2
    a-naphthalene sulfonic acid
    120-18-3
    B-naphthalene sulfonic acid
    90-15-3
    a—naphthol
    135-19-3
    B—naphthol
    75-98-9
    Neopentanoic acid
    88-74-4
    o—nitroaniline
    100-01-6
    p-nitroaniline
    91-23-6
    o—nitroanisole
    100-17-4
    p-nitroanisole
    98-95-3
    Nitrobenzene
    Nitrobenzoic acid
    (0,
    m
    &
    p)
    79-24-3
    Nitroethane
    75-52-5
    Nitromethane
    88-75-5
    Nitrophenol
    25322-01—4
    Nitropropane
    1321-12-6
    Nitrotoluene
    27215—95—8
    Nonene
    25154-52-3
    Nonyiphenol
    27193-28-8
    Octylphenol
    123-63-7
    Paraldehyde
    115-77-5
    Pentaerythritol
    109-66-0
    n—pentane
    124—763

    182
    109—67-1
    1-pentene
    127-18-4
    Perchloroethylene
    594-42—3
    Perchloromethyl mercaptan
    94—70-2
    o—phenetidine
    156—43—4
    p-phenetidine
    108—95—2
    Phenol
    98—67—9,
    Phenolsulfonic acids
    585—38—6,
    609—46—1,
    91—40-7
    Phenyl anthranilic acid
    (b)
    Phenylenediamine
    75-44-5
    Phosgene
    85-44-9
    Phthalic anhydride
    85—41-6
    Phthalimide
    108-99—6
    b-picoline
    110-85-0
    Piperazine
    9003—29-6,
    Polybutenes
    25O36—29—7c
    25322-68—3
    Polyethylene glycol
    25322-69-4
    Polypropylene glycol
    123-38-6
    Propionaldehyde
    79-09-4
    Propionic acid
    71—23—8
    n—propyl alcohol
    107-10-8
    Propylamine
    540-54-5
    Propyl chloride
    115-07-1
    Propylene
    127-00-4
    Propylene chlorohydrin
    78—87—5
    Propylene dichloride
    57-55—6
    Propylene glycol
    75-56-9
    Propylene oxide
    110—86—1
    Pyridine
    106—51-4
    Quinone
    108—46-3
    Resorcinol
    27138—57—4
    Resorcylic acid
    69—72-7
    Salicylic acid
    127-09-3
    Sodium acetate
    532-32-1
    Sodium benzoate
    9004-32-4
    Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
    3926-62—3
    Sodium chioroacetate
    141—53-7
    Sodium formate
    139—02-6
    Sodium phenate
    110—44-1
    Sorbic acid
    100—42-5
    Styrene
    110-15—6
    Succinic acid
    110—61—2
    Succinitrile
    121—57—3
    Sulfanilic acid
    126—33—0
    Sulfolane
    1401—55—4
    Tannic acid
    100—21—0
    Terephthalic acid
    Tetrachloroethanes
    117-08-8
    Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride
    124—764

    183
    78-00-2
    Tetraethyllead
    119-64-2
    Tetrahydronaphthalene
    85-43-8
    Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride
    75-74-1
    Tetramethyllead
    110-60-1
    Tetramethylenediamine
    110-18-9
    Tetramethylethylenediamine
    108—88—3
    Toluene
    95-80-7
    Toluene—2,4-diainine
    584—84—9
    Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate
    26471—62—5
    Toluene diisocyanates (mixture)
    1333—07-9
    Toluene sulfonamide
    lO4~lS~stc
    Toluenesulfonic acids
    98-59-9
    Toluene sulfonyl chloride
    26915—12—8
    Toluidines
    87-61-6,
    Trichlorobenzenes
    108—70—3,
    12O—82—1c
    7 1-55-6
    1,1
    ,l-trichloroethane
    79-00-5
    1,1,2—trichloroethane
    79-01-6
    Trichloroethylene
    75—69-4
    Trichlorofluoromethane
    96-18—4
    1,2,3—trichloropropane
    76-13—1
    1,1,2—trichloro—l,2,2—trifluoroethane
    121-44-8
    Triethylamine
    112-27-6
    Triethylene glycol
    112-49-2
    Triethylene glycoldimethyl ether
    7756-94-7
    Triisobutylene
    75-50-3
    Trimethylamine
    57—13—6
    Urea
    108-05-4
    Vinyl acetate
    75-01-4
    Vinyl chloride
    75-35-4
    Vinylidene chloride
    25013-15-4
    Vinyl toluene
    1330-20-7
    Xylenes (mixed)
    95—47—6
    o—xylene
    106-42—3
    p—xylene
    1300—71—6
    Xylenol
    1300—73—8
    Xylidine
    (b)
    methyl tert-butyl ether
    9002-88-4
    Polyethylene
    (b)
    Polypropylene
    9009-53-6
    Polystyrene
    a) CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Registery numbers
    assigned to specific chemicals,
    isomers or mixtures of
    chemicals.
    Some isomers or mixtures that are covered by the
    standards do not have
    CAS
    numbers assigned to them.
    The
    standards apply to all of the chemicals listed, whether CAS
    numbers have been assigned or not.
    b) No CAS number(s) have been assigned to this chemical, to its
    isomers, or mixtures containing these chemicals.
    124—765

    184
    c) CAS numbers for some of the isomers are listed:
    the standards
    apply to all of the isomers and mixtures, even if CAS numbers
    have not been assigned.
    124—766

    185
    Appendix B
    VON Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency
    Procedure
    G.3.
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    content of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining
    VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface coating and printing
    operations.
    The procedure may not be acceptable in certain
    site—specific situations,
    e.g., when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or
    other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control
    device inlet; and
    (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in
    the process and are present in the captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (CGJ), the flow rate
    and the sample time
    (Ta)
    from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated Neasurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    QGJ
    =
    5.5 percent and
    C6~
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable
    uncertainty for G is estimated at about ±7~4
    percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume,
    unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    124—767

    186
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to cause a response
    in the measurement system.
    The components of the pump that
    contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or
    Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter, or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration-Error.
    Less than ±5~Øpercent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An ‘analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    124—768

    187
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ~-2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid—, and
    high-range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    present.
    An out-of—stack filter must be heated to prevent any
    condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation
    occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION
    OF
    VOLUMETRIC
    FLOW
    RATE
    OF
    CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate
    all points where emissions are captured from the
    124—769

    188
    affected facility.
    Using Method
    1, determine the sampling
    points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling
    run
    using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple captured emission locations, design a sampling system to
    allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at
    all sampling ‘locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    124—770

    189
    4.2.2
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack,
    pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.4
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.5
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling
    run
    according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a
    run
    indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.6
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120
    ±
    5CC.
    4.2.7
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all
    NDO’s
    of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the
    TTE
    at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO, ifpossible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    NOTE:
    This sample train shall be a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured
    emissions.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    124—771

    190
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.7.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift checks at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before and after each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    124—772

    191
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C8
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of captured
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C00
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    Ci
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K,
    =
    1.830 x 1O~kg/(m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    T~
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling
    run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    •~
    (C01
    C9) Q1~T~K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    124—77 3

    192
    C0~
    =
    (C1
    -
    c~)
    C,,
    Eq.
    2
    CDO
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C8~
    =
    (C1
    ~
    C,,
    Eq.
    3
    CDH~C~O
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    Ii
    E
    C.A.
    i-i
    C9=
    Eq.4
    nA~
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms “A1” and
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    24—774

    193
    Procedure G.2
    Captured VOC Emissions
    (Dilution Technique)
    1. INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds (VOC) content
    of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of a gas/gas protocol in which fugitive emissions are
    measured for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface
    coating and printing operations.
    A dilution system is used to
    reduce the VOC concentration of the captured emission to about
    the same concentration as the fugitive emissions.
    The procedure
    may not be acceptable in certain site—specific situations,
    e.g.,
    when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the
    quantity of VOC at the control device inlet;
    and
    (2) particulate
    organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the
    captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the
    sum
    of the products of the VOC content
    (C0~),the flow rate
    and the sampling time
    (Tc)
    from each captured emissions
    point.
    1 • 3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    Q~1
    =
    ±5~5
    percent and C0~
    =
    percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G
    is estimated at about ±74percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume,
    unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Dilution System.
    A Kipp in-stack dilution probe and
    controller or similar device may be used.
    The dilution rate may
    be changed by substituting different critical orifices or
    adjustments of the aspirator supply pressure.
    The dilution
    124—775

    194
    system shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    Note:
    An
    out—of—stack dilution device may be used.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    .2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    124—776

    195
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available, alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply.
    High purity air
    with less than 1 ppm of organic material
    (as propane or carbon
    equivalent)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever
    is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid-, and
    high-range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.9.4
    Dilution Check Gas.
    Gas mixture standard containing
    propane in air, approximately half the span value after dilution.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of—stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An
    out-of—stack filter must be heated to prevent any condensation
    unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    124—777

    196
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if
    it
    can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF
    CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility. Using Method 1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are a
    multiple captured emissions locations, design a sampling system
    to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses
    at all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor
    according to the procedure in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.4.
    4.2.4
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.5
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Measure the system response time as the time required for the
    system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration
    valve has been returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.6
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.4.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    124—778

    197
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.7
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120±5°C.
    4.2.8
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least 1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4 • 3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    if possible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and
    5.4.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.8.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system after the dilution system and adjust the back—
    pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow
    rates specified by the manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the
    124—779

    198
    high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer calibration
    to provide the proper responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range
    gases and record the responses of
    the
    measurement system.
    The
    calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable if the
    responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the
    respective, gas values.
    If the performance of the system is not
    acceptable,
    repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check.
    Conduct a calibration and linearity check after
    assembling the analysis system and after a major change is made
    to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the diluted captured
    emissions for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    Determination of Dilution Factor.
    Inject the dilution check
    gas into the measurement system before the dilution system and
    record the response.
    Calculate the dilution factor using
    Equation 3.
    5.4
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet to the sampling probe while the dilution air is turned off.
    Record the response.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within 5 percent of the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct
    a system check before and after each test run.
    5.5
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all
    NDO’s
    in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    CA
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    C81
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C9
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    124—780

    199
    COR
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CR
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    C~
    =
    measured concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    DF
    =
    dilution factor.
    C
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 106 kg/ (m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    QGJ
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    T~
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    C
    =
    .~
    ~
    Q0~
    Tc
    K,~
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    =
    DF
    (C,
    -
    C~)
    C,,
    Eq.
    2
    cON-CDO
    7.3
    Dilution Factor.
    Eq.
    3
    C~
    124—78 1

    200
    7.4
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C91
    (C1
    -
    C00)
    C~
    Eq.
    4
    C0,,
    CDQ
    7.5
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    .~
    C81
    A1
    C8=’
    Eq.
    5
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent
    of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms “A1” and
    may be deleted from Equation
    4.
    Procedure F.2
    -
    Fugitive
    VOC
    Emissions from Building Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the
    fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    emissions from a
    building enclosure (BE).
    It is intended to be used as a segment
    in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The total
    amount
    of
    fugitive VOC emissions
    (F9)
    from the BE is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CFJ)
    of
    each
    fugitive
    emissions
    point,
    its flow rate
    and
    time
    (TF).
    1.3
    Measurement Uncertainty.
    The
    measurement uncertainties are
    estimated for each
    fugitive emissions point as follows:
    QFJ
    =
    ±5.0percent and
    CF.
    =
    ±50percent.
    Based on these numbers, the
    probable uncertain~yfor
    F9
    is
    estimated
    at
    about ±11.2percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    124—782

    201
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas streamshall be constructed of stainless
    steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at ‘multiple locations, the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common
    sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of
    1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less
    than ±3~Ø
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    124—783

    202
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.,
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available, alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than 0.1
    percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid—, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Flow Direction Indicators.
    Any means of indicating inward
    or outward flow, such as light plastic film or paper streamers,
    smoke tubes,
    filaments,
    and sensory perception.
    124—784

    203
    2.2.2
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    Anemometers or similar devices calibrated according to the
    manufacturer’s instructions may be used when low velocities are
    present.
    Vane anemometers (Young—maximum response propeller),
    specialized
    pitots
    with electronic manometers
    (e.g., Shortridge
    Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860) are commercially
    available with measurement thresholds of 15 and 8 mpm
    (50 and
    25 fpm), respectively.
    2.2.3
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.4
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Preliminary Determinations.
    The purpose of this exercise is
    to
    determine
    which
    exhaust
    points
    should
    be
    measured
    for
    volumetric
    flow
    rates
    and
    VOC
    concentrations.
    3.1.1
    Forced
    Draft
    Openings.
    Identify
    all
    forced
    draft
    openings.
    Determine the volumetric flow rate according to Method
    2.
    3.1.2
    NDO’s
    Exhaust Points.
    The NDO’s in the roof of a facility
    are considered to be exhaust points.
    Determine volumetric flow
    rate
    from
    these
    NDO’s.
    Divide
    the
    cross—sectional
    area
    according
    to Method
    1 using 12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate velocity
    measurement devices, e.g., propeller anemometers.
    3.1.3
    Other
    NDO’s.
    3.1.3.1
    This
    step
    is
    optional.
    Determine
    the
    exhaust
    flow
    rate,
    including
    that
    of
    the
    control
    device,
    from
    the enclosure and the
    intake
    air
    flow
    rate.
    If
    the
    exhaust
    flow
    rate
    divided
    by
    the
    intake
    air
    flow
    rate
    is
    greater
    than
    1.1,
    then
    all
    other
    NDO’s
    are not considered to be significant exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2
    If the option above is not taken,
    identify all other
    NDO’s
    and other potential points through which fugitive emissions
    may escape the enclosure.
    Then use the following criteria to determine whether flow rates
    and
    VOC
    concentrations
    need
    to
    be
    measured:
    3.1.3.2.1
    Using the appropriate flow direction indicator,
    determine the flow direction.
    An
    NDO
    with zero or inward flow is
    not an exhaust point.
    3.1.3.2.2
    Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the
    remainder
    of
    the
    NDO’s.
    If
    the
    collective
    flow
    rate
    is
    2
    124—785

    204
    percent, or less, of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2,
    then these
    NDO’s,
    except those within two equivalent diameters
    (based on
    NDO
    opening) from VOC sources, may be considered to be
    non—exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2.3
    If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2 is
    greater than
    2 percent, those
    NDO’s
    (except those within two
    equivalent diameters from VOC sources) whose volumetric flow rate
    total
    2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2
    may be considered as non—exhaust points.
    All remaining
    NDO’s
    shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOC concentrations
    during the CE test.
    3.1.3.2.4
    The tester may choose to measure VOC concentrations at
    the forced exhaust points and the NDO’s.
    If the total VOC
    emissions from the NDO’s are less than
    2 percent of the emissions
    from the forced draft and roof NDO’s, then these
    NDO’s
    may be
    eliminated from further consideration.
    3.2
    Determination of Flow Rates.
    3.2.1
    Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations
    identified as exhaust points in Section 3.1.
    Divide each exhaust
    opening into
    9 equal areas for rectangular openings and
    8 for
    circular openings.
    3.2.2
    Measure the velocity at each site
    at
    least
    once
    every hour
    during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A,
    if applicable,
    or
    using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis
    Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emissions locations, design a sampling system to allow a
    single
    FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    ~located in the stack, pipe, or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.3
    Inject zero
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    124—786

    205
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the
    run
    is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform drift checks during the run not to exceed one
    drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120 ±5oC.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    -
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least 1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Alternative Procedure
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA
    Calibration
    and
    Linearity
    Check.
    Make
    necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner:
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by
    the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high-range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range.gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after
    a
    major
    change
    is
    made
    to the system.
    124—787

    206
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration
    gases.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C00
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    Cf
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    C,,
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    Ci
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm
    propane.
    F9
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions from the
    building,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1 • 830 x 10~kg/(m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    ~
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    TF
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, mm.
    124—788

    207
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
    F9
    =
    ~
    Cf
    QfJ
    Tf
    K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    Cf
    =
    (C1
    C00)
    C,,
    Eq.
    2
    C0~
    C00
    Procedure F.1
    -
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    emissions from a
    temporary total enclosure (TTE).
    It
    is
    intended
    to
    be used as a
    segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (F)
    from
    the TTE is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (Cf~
    the flow rate (Qf;)~and the sampling time
    (TF)
    from
    each fugitive emissions point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive emission point as
    follows:
    QfJ
    =
    ~5.5 percent and CF~
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at
    about ±74percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours,
    unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent,
    ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    124—789

    208
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample
    Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at
    a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of themeasurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve
    may
    also
    be
    located
    on
    the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel
    or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations, the
    measurement
    system
    shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common
    sample
    gas
    manifold
    and
    FIA.
    The
    sample
    gas manifold and
    124—790

    209
    connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span ‘value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero
    Drift.
    Less
    than
    ~3.O percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than
    ±5.0
    percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    .
    For calibration gas values notgenerally
    available, alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent 112/60
    percent N2 gas mixture
    is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low—,
    mid-, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20—30,
    45-55, and 70—80 percent of the span
    124— 79 1

    210
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out—of—stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if
    necessary.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure.
    The criteria for designing a TTE
    are discussed in Procedure T.
    3.
    DETERMINATION
    OF
    VOLUMETRIC
    FLOW
    RATE
    OF
    FUGITIVE
    EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are exhausted from the
    TTE.
    Using Method
    1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to
    check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emission locations, design a sampling system to allow
    a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    124—792

    211
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable
    performance,
    the
    run
    is
    not
    valid.
    The
    tester
    may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120 ~ 5°C.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least
    1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Determination of VOC Background Concentration.
    4.3.1.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO, if possible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.1.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2.
    Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system check according to the
    procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    4.3.1.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.1.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check
    and sample according to the procedures described in Sections
    4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    124—793

    212
    designed to collect and
    analyze
    at
    least
    one
    sample
    every
    10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas
    concentration that most closely approximates that of the fugitive
    gas emissions to conduct the
    drift checks.
    Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of
    the
    sampling
    probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    C91
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    124—794

    213
    emissions
    at
    point
    i,
    ppm
    propane.
    C8
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    CD,,
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C00
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    Cf J
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm
    propane.
    C,,
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration at
    point
    i,
    ppm
    propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    F
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 10~kg/(m3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number
    of
    measurement
    points.
    QfJ
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow
    rate
    corrected
    to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    TF
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total
    VOC
    Fugitive
    Emissions.
    F
    =
    .~
    (CfJ
    -
    C8)
    QfJ
    Tf
    K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point j.
    CfJ
    =
    (C1
    C1~)
    C,,
    Eq.
    2
    -
    c00
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point i.
    C91
    =
    (C~
    ~)
    C,,
    Eq.
    3
    C0,,
    -
    C00
    124—795

    214
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    E
    C
    A.
    81
    1
    Eq.5
    NOTE:
    If
    the
    concentration
    at
    each
    point
    is
    within
    20
    percent
    of
    the
    average
    concentration
    of
    all
    points,
    the
    terms
    “A1”
    and
    “AN”
    may
    be
    deleted
    from
    Equation
    4.
    124—7 96

    215
    Procedure L
    -
    VOC Input
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the input of volatile organic compounds
    (VOC).
    It is intended to
    be
    used
    as
    a
    segment
    in
    the
    development
    of
    liquid/gas
    protocols
    for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface coating
    and printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The
    amount
    of
    VOC introduced to the process
    (L)
    is
    the
    sum
    of
    the
    products
    of
    the
    weight
    (W)
    of
    each
    VOC
    containing liquid
    (ink, paint, solvent, etc.) used and its VOC
    content
    (V).
    A sample of each VOC containing liquid is analyzed
    with a flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA)
    to determine V.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each VOC containing liquid as
    follows:
    W
    =
    ±2.0percent and V
    =
    ±12.0percent.
    Based on these
    numbers, the probable uncertainty for L is estimated at about
    ±12.2 percent
    for
    each
    VOC
    containing
    liquid.
    1.4
    sampling
    Requirements.
    A
    capture
    efficiency
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    at
    least
    three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each
    run
    should
    be
    at
    least
    8
    hours,
    unless
    otherwise
    approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because
    this
    procedure
    is
    often
    applied
    in
    highly
    explosive
    areas,
    caution
    and
    care
    should
    be
    exercised
    in
    choosing
    appropriate
    equipment
    and
    installing
    and
    using
    the
    equipment.
    Mention
    of
    trade
    names
    or
    company
    products
    does
    not
    constitute
    endorsement.
    All
    gas
    concentrations
    (percent,
    ppm)
    are
    by
    volume,
    unless
    otherwise
    noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Liquid
    Weight.
    2.1.1
    Balances/Digital
    Scales.
    To
    weigh
    drums
    of
    VOC
    containing
    liquids
    to
    within
    0.2
    lb.
    2 •1.2
    Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative).
    Volume
    meters, flow meters, density measurement equipment,
    etc., as
    needed to achieve same accuracy as direct weight measurements.
    2.2
    VOC Content (Flame Ionization Analyzer Technique).
    The
    liquid sample analysis system is shown in Figures
    1 and 2.
    The
    following equipment is required:
    2.2.1
    Sample Collection Can.
    An appropriately sized metal can
    to
    be
    used
    to
    collect
    VOC containing materials.
    The can must be
    constructed
    in
    such
    a
    way
    that
    it
    can
    be
    grounded
    to
    the
    coating
    container.
    124—79 7

    216
    2.2.2
    Needle Valves.
    To control gas flow.
    2.2.3
    Regulators.
    For carrier gas and calibration gas
    cylinders.
    2.2.4
    Tubing.
    Teflon or stainless steel tubing with diameters
    and lengths determined by connection requirements of equipment.
    The tubing between the sample oven outlet and the FIA shall be
    heated to maintain a temperature of
    120±5°C.
    2.2.5
    Atmospheric Vent.
    A tee and 0- to 0.5-liter/mm
    rotameter
    placed in the sampling line between the carrier gas cylinder and
    the VOC sample vessel to release the excess carrier gas.
    A
    toggle valve placed between the tee and the rotameter facilitates
    leak tests of the analysis system.
    2.2.6
    Thermometer.
    Capable of measuring the temperature of the
    hot water bath to within 1°C.
    2.2.7
    Sample Oven.
    Heated enclosure,
    containing calibration gas
    coil
    heaters,
    critical
    orifice,
    aspirator,
    and
    other
    liquid
    sample analysis components, capable of maintaining a temperature
    of
    120
    ±50C.
    2.2.8
    Gas Coil Heaters.
    Sufficient lengths of stainless steel
    or Teflon tubing to allow zero and calibration gases to be heated
    to the sample oven temperature before entering the critical
    orifice or aspirator.
    2.2.9
    Water Bath.
    Capable of heating and maintaining a sample
    vessel temperature of 100 ±5°C.
    2.2.10
    Analytical Balance.
    To measure ±0.001g.
    2.2.11
    Disposable Syringes.
    2—cc or 5-cc.
    .2.2.12
    Sample Vessel.
    Glass,
    40-mI septum vial.
    A separate
    vessel is needed for each sample.
    2.2.13
    Rubber Stopper.
    Two—hole stopper to accommodate 3.2-mm
    (1/8-in.) Teflon tubing, appropriately sized to £it the opening
    of the sample vessel.
    The rubber stopper should be wrapped in
    Teflon tape to provide a tighter seal and to prevent any reaction
    of the sample with the
    rubber
    stopper.
    Alternatively, any
    leak—free closure fabricated of non—reactive materials and
    accommodating the necessary tubing fittings may be used.
    2.2.14
    Critical Orifices.
    Calibrated critical orifices capable
    of providing constant flow rates from 50 to 250 mi/mm
    at known
    pressure drops.
    Sapphire orifice assemblies (available from
    O’Keefe Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been
    124—798

    217
    found to be adequate for this application.
    2
    2
    15
    Vacuum Gauge.
    0- to 760—mm
    (0- to 30—in.) Hg U-Tube
    manometer or vacuum gauge.
    2.2.16
    Pressure Gauge.
    Bourdon gauge capable of measuring the
    maximum air pressure at the aspirator inlet
    (e.g.,
    100 psig).
    2.2.17
    Aspirator.
    A device capable of generating sufficient
    vacuum at the sample vessel to create critical flow through the
    calibrated orifice when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator inlet.
    The aspirator must also provide sufficient
    sample pressure to operate the FIA.
    The sample is also mixed
    with the dilution gas within the aspirator.
    2.2.18
    Soap Bubble Meter.
    Of an appropriate size to calibrate
    the critical orifices in the system.
    2.2.19
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however other
    span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they would
    provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be capable
    of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.2.19.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.2.19.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of span
    value.
    2.2.19.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.2.20
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement
    data.
    The
    minimum
    data
    sampling
    frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2
    2
    21
    Chart Recorder (Optional).
    A chart recorder or similar
    device is recommended to provide a continuous analog display of
    the measurement results during the liquid sample analysis.
    2.2.22
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    For calibration, fuel, and
    combustion air (if required) contained in compressed gas
    cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be traceable to NIST
    standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to ±1
    percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the
    cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not
    change more than ±2percent from the certified value.
    For
    124—799

    218
    calibration gas values not generally available, alternative
    methods for preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution
    systems, may be used with prior approval.
    2.2.22.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent 112/60 percent He or 40 percent
    H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect thatreportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.2.22.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material (as propane) or less than 0.1 percent of the
    span value, whichever is greater.
    2.2.22.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid-,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.2.22.4
    System Calibration Gas.
    Gas mixture standard
    containing propane in air, approximating the undiluted VOC
    concentration expected for the liquid samples.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
    3.1
    Weight Difference.
    Determine the amount of material
    introduced to the process as the weight difference of the feed
    material before and after each sampling run.
    In determining the
    total VOC containing liquid usage, account for:
    (a) the initial
    (beginning) VOC containing liquid mixture;
    (b) any solvent added
    during the test run;
    (c)
    any coating added during the test run;
    and
    (d) any residual VOC containing liquid mixture remaining at
    the end of the sample run.
    3.1.1
    Identify all points where VOC containing liquids are
    introduced to the process.
    To obtain an accurate measurement of
    VOC containing liquids,
    start with an empty fountain (if
    applicable).
    After completing the run, drain the liquid in the
    fountain back into the liquid drum (if possible),
    and weigh the
    drum again.
    Weigh the VOC containing liquids to ±0.5percent of
    the total weight
    (full)
    or ±0. percent of the total weight of
    VOC containing liquid used during the sample run, whichever is
    less.
    If the residual liquid cannot be returned to the drum,
    drain the fountain into a preweighed empty drum to determine the
    final weight of the liquid.
    3.1.2
    If it is not possible to measure a single representative
    mixture, then weigh the various components separately
    (e.g., if
    solvent is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture).
    If a fresh
    drum
    of VOC
    containing liquid is needed during the run, then weigh both the
    124—800

    219
    empty
    drum and fresh drum.
    3
    2
    Volume Measurement (Alternative).
    If direct weight
    measurements are not feasible, the tester may use volume meters
    and flow rate meters
    (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the
    technique produces results equivalent to the direct weight
    measurements.
    If a single representative mixture cannot be
    measured, measure the components separately.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT IN
    INPUT
    LIQUIDS
    4.1
    Collection of Liquid Samples.
    4.1.1
    Collect a 100-mi or larger sample of the VOC containing
    liquid mixture at each application location at the beginning and
    end of each test run.
    A separate sample should be taken of each
    VOC containing liquid added to the application mixture during the
    test run.
    If a fresh drum is needed during the sampling run,
    then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
    4.1.2
    When collecting the sample, ground the sample container to
    the coating drum.
    Fill the sample container as close to the rim
    as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.
    4.1.3
    After the sample is collected,
    seal the container so the
    sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
    4.1.4
    Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
    4.2
    Liquid Sample VOC Content.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the liquid VOC content analysis system as shown
    in
    Figure
    1.
    4.2.2
    Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that may
    be used.
    Calibrate each critical orifice under the expected
    operating conditions
    (i.e.,
    sample vacuum and temperature)
    against a volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Label and tare the sample vessels
    (including the stoppers
    and caps) and the syringes.
    4.2.4
    Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of
    the system.
    Close the carrier gas valve and atmospheric vent and
    evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm
    (10 in.) Hg absolute or less
    using the aspirator.
    Close the toggle valve at the inlet to the
    aspirator and observe the vacuum for at least one minute.
    If
    there is any change in the sample pressure, release the vacuum,
    adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak
    test.
    12 4—801

    220
    4.2.5
    Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks
    according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    Record the responses
    to each of the calibration gases and the back—pressure setting of
    the FIA.
    4.2.6
    Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the
    aspirator air supply or substituting critical orifices.
    Operate
    the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25 mm
    (1 in.) Hg greater
    than the vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow.
    Select the
    dilution ratio so that the maximum response of the FIA to the
    sample does not exceed the high—range calibration gas.
    4.2.7
    Perform system calibration checks at two levels by
    introducing compressed gases at the inlet to the sample vessel
    while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating.
    Perform
    these checks using the carrier gas (zero concentration) and the
    system calibration gas.
    If the response to the carrier gas
    exceeds ±0.5percent of span, clean or repair the apparatus and
    repeat the check.
    Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to
    achieve the correct response to the upscale check, but do not
    adjust the analyzer calibration.
    Record the identification of
    the orifice, aspirator air supply pressure, FIA back—pressure,
    and the responses of the FIA to the carrier and system
    calibration gases.
    4.2.8
    After completing the above checks,
    inject the system
    calibration gas for approximately 10 minutes.
    Time the exact
    duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch.
    Determine the
    area under the FIA response curve and calculate the system
    response factor based on the sample gas flow rate, gas
    concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to
    the integrated response using Equations
    2 and 3.
    4.2.9
    Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures
    are 120
    ±50C
    and that the water bath temperature is 100
    ±5oC
    4.2.10
    Fill a tared syringe with approximately
    1 g of the VOC
    containing liquid and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared
    sample vessel.
    Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the
    amount of sample actually received.
    Also, as a quality control
    check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered.
    The two coating sample weights should agree
    within ±002g.
    If not, repeat the procedure until an acceptable
    sample is obtained.
    4.2.11
    Connect the vessel to the analysis system.
    Adjust the
    aspirator supply pressure to the correct value.
    Open the valve
    on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent.
    As soon as
    the initial response of the FIA begins to decrease, immerse the
    124—802

    221
    sample vessel in the water bath.
    (Applying heat to the sample
    vessel too soon may cause the FID response to exceed the
    calibrated range of the instrument, and thus invalidate the
    analysis.)
    4.2.12
    Continuously measure and record the response of the FIA
    until all of the volatile material has been evaporated from the
    sample and the instrument response has returned to the baseline
    (i.e., response less than 0.5 percent of the span value).
    Observe the aspirator supply pressure, FIA back-pressure,
    atmospheric vent,
    and other system operating parameters during
    the run; repeat the analysis procedure if any of these parameters
    deviate from the values established during the system calibration
    checks in Section 4.2.7.
    After each sample perform the drift
    check described in Section 5.2.
    If the drift check results are
    acceptable,
    calculate the VOC content of the sample using the
    equations in Section 7.
    Integrate the area under the FIA
    response curve,
    ordetermine the average concentration response
    and the duration of sample analysis.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the
    performance
    of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust
    the
    system
    and
    repeat
    the
    linearity
    check.
    Conduct
    a
    calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    After each sample, repeat the system
    calibration checks in Section 4.2.7 before any adjustments to the
    FIA or measurement system are made.
    If the zero or calibration
    drift exceeds ~3 percent of the span value, discard the result
    and repeat the analysis.
    5.3
    Critical Orifice Calibration.
    5.3.1
    Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific
    operating conditions that it will be used.
    Therefore,
    assemble
    all components of the liquid sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure
    3.
    A
    stopwatch
    is also required.
    124—803

    222
    5.3.2
    Turn on the sample oven, sample line, and water bath
    heaters and allow the system to reach the proper operating
    temperature.
    Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm
    (15 in.)
    Hg vacuum.
    Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move
    a known distance and record barometric pressure.
    5.3.3
    Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm
    (16
    in.) Hg and at 25-mm
    (1-in.) Hg intervals until three consecutive
    determinations provide the same flow rate.
    Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in mi/mm
    at standard
    conditions.
    Record the vacuum necessary to achieve critical
    flow.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    AL
    =
    area under the response curve of the liquid sample,
    area count.
    A8
    =
    area under the response curve of the calibration gas,
    area count.
    C8
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm
    propane.
    K
    =
    1.830 x 10~g/(ml-ppm).
    L
    =
    total VOC content of liquid input,
    kg.
    M1
    =
    mass of liquid sample delivered to the sample vessel,
    g.
    q
    =
    flow rate through critical orifice, mi/mm.
    RF
    =
    liquid analysis system response factor, g/area count.
    T8
    =
    total gas injection time for system calibration gas
    during integrator calibration, mm.
    VfJ
    =
    final VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    V1~
    =
    initial VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    VAJ
    =
    VOC fraction of.VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during
    the run.
    V
    =
    VOC fraction of liquid sample.
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    remaining at end of
    the run,
    kg.
    W~
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    at beginning of the
    run, kg.
    124—804

    223
    WAJ
    =
    weight
    of
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    j
    added during the
    ~
    kg.
    124—805

    224
    7
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total
    VOC Content of the Input VOC Containing Liquid.
    L
    =
    •~
    V1~W~
    E
    ~
    ~
    +
    E
    VAJ
    WAI
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems
    Using Integrators, Grams/Area Counts.
    C8qT8K
    Eq.
    2
    RF=
    ____________
    AN
    7.3
    VOC Content of the Liquid Sample.
    AL RF
    Eq.
    3
    ML
    Procedure P
    Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent
    or Temporary Total Enclosure
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is used to determine whether
    a permanent or temporary enclosure meets the criteria of a total
    enclosure.
    1.2
    Principle.
    An enclosure is evaluated against a set of
    criteria.
    If the criteria are met and if all the exhaust gases
    are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic
    compounds (VOC)
    capture efficiency
    (CE)
    is assumed, to be 100
    percent and CE need not be measured.
    However,
    if part of the
    exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device, CE must be
    determined.
    2.
    DEFINITIONS
    2.1
    Natural Draft Opening
    (NDO)
    --
    Any permanent opening in the
    enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and
    is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed.
    2.2
    Permanent Total Enclosure
    (PTE)
    --
    A permanently installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through a control device.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure (TTE)
    --
    A temporarily installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    124—806

    225
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOC
    rates.
    3.
    CRITERIA OF A TEMPORARY
    TOTAL
    ENCLOSURE
    3.1
    Any
    NDO
    shall be at least
    4 equivalent opening diameters
    from
    each
    VOC
    emitting
    point.
    3.2
    Any
    exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least 4
    equivalent duct or hood diameters from each NDO.
    3.3
    The total area of all NDO’s shall not exceed 5 percent of
    the surface area of the enclosure’s four walls,
    floor, and
    ceiling.
    3.4
    The average facial velocity
    (FV)
    of air through all
    NDO’s
    shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200 fpm).
    The direction of air
    through all NDO’s shall be into the enclosure.
    3.5
    All access doors and windows whose areas are not included in
    Section
    3.3
    and
    are not included in the calculation in Section
    3.4 shall be closed during routine operation of the process.
    4.
    CRITERIA OF A
    PERMANENT
    TOTAL
    ENCLOSURE
    4.1
    Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3
    -
    3.5.
    4.2
    All VOC emissions must be captured and contained for
    discharge
    through
    a
    control
    device.
    5.
    PROCEDURE
    5.1
    Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO’s and
    determine
    the
    distances
    from
    each
    VOC
    emitting point to all
    NDO’s.
    Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO’s.
    Calculate the distances in
    terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent
    diameters shall be at least
    4.
    5.2
    Measure the total area
    (At) of the enclosure and the total
    area
    (AN)
    of all
    NDO’s
    of the enclosure.
    Calculate the
    NDO
    to
    enclosure area ratio
    (NEAR) as follows:
    NEAR
    =
    AN/At
    The NEAR must be
    0.05.
    5.3
    Measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions,
    of each gas stream exiting the enclosure through an
    exhaust duct or hood using EPA Method
    2.
    In some cases
    (e.g.,
    when the building is the enclosure),
    it may be necessary to
    124—807

    226
    measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions,
    of each gas stream entering the enclosure through a
    forced makeup air duct using Method 2.
    Calculate FV using the
    following equation:
    FV=
    where:
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or
    hood.
    Q1
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    into the enclosure through a forced makeup air duct;
    zero,
    if there is no forced makeup air into the
    enclosure.
    AN
    =
    total
    area of all
    NDO’s
    in enclosure.
    The FV shall be at least 3,600 in/hr (200 fpm).
    5.4
    Verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO’s is
    inward.
    Use streamers,
    smoke tubes, tracer gases,
    etc.
    Strips
    of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective.
    Monitor the direction of air flow at intervals of at least 10
    minutes for at least
    1 hour.
    6.
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    6.1
    The success of this protocol lies in designing the TTE to
    simulate the conditions that exist without the TTE, i.e.,
    the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    The
    TTE must enclose the application stations, coating
    reservoirs,
    and all areas from the application station to the
    oven.
    The oven does not have to be enclosed if it is under
    negative pressure.
    The NDO’s of the temporary enclosure and a
    fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
    6.2.
    Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best
    simulates the conditions that exist without the TTE, i.e., the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    Figure
    1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the
    concentration
    (Ce) and flow rate
    (Q~)
    of the captured gas stream,
    specify a safe concentration
    (C,,) for the~fugitivegas stream,
    estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure
    1 to determine
    the volumetric fiowrate of the fugitive gas stream
    (~F)•
    A
    fugitive VOC emission exhaust fan that has a variable flow
    control is desirable.
    124—808

    227
    6.2.1
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    without the TTE.
    To minimize the effect of temporal variation on
    the captured emissions,
    the baseline measurement should be made
    over as long a time period as practical.
    However, the process
    conditions must be the same for the measurement in Section 6.2.3
    as they are for this baseline measurement.
    This may require
    short measuring times for this quality control check before and
    after the construction of the TTE.
    6.2.2
    After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOC
    concentration inside the TTE.
    This concentration shall not
    continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according
    to OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits.
    An
    increase in VOC concentration indicates poor TTE design or poor
    capture efficiency.
    6.2.3
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    with the TTE.
    To limit the effect of the TTE on the process, the
    VOC concentration with and without the TTE must be within ±10
    percent.
    If the measurements do not agree, adjust the
    ventilation rate from the TTE until they agree within 10 percent.
    124—809

    228
    Appendix C
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Introduction
    This Appendix presents the reference methods and procedures
    required for implementing Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT).
    Methods and procedures are identified for two types of
    ACT implementation:
    a) Determination of VOC destruction efficiency for evaluating
    compliance with the 98 weight percent VOC reduction or 20 ppmv
    emission limit specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527;
    and
    b) Determination
    of
    offgas
    flowrate,
    hourly emissions and stream
    net heating value for calculating TRE.
    All reference methods identified in this Appendix refer to the
    reference methods specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    VOC DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCY DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining compliance with the percent destruction efficiency
    specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527.
    a) Reference Method
    1 or 1A for selection of the sampling site.
    The control device inlet sampling site for determination of
    vent stream molar composition or total organic compound
    destruction efficiency shall be prior to the inlet of any
    control device and after all recovery devices.
    b) Reference Methods
    2,
    2A, 2C or 2D for determination of the
    volumetric flowrate.
    c) Reference Method
    3 to measure oxygen concentration of the air
    dilution correction.
    The emission sample shall be corrected
    to
    3 percent oxygen.
    d) Reference Method 18 to determine the concentration of total
    organic compounds (minus methane and ethane) in the control
    device outlet and total organic compound reduction efficiency
    of the control device.
    TRE DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining the offgas flowrate, hourly emissions, and the net
    heating value of the gas combusted to calculate the vent stream
    TRE.
    124—8 10

    229
    a) Reference Method
    1 or 1A for selection of the sampling site.
    The sampling site for the vent stream flowrate and molar
    composition determination prescribed in
    (b) and
    (c)
    shall be
    prior to the inlet of any combustion device, prior to any
    post—reactor dilution of the stream with air and prior to any
    post—reactor introduction of halogenated compounds into the
    vent stream.
    Subject to the preceding restrictions on the
    sampling site, it shall be after the final recovery device.
    If any gas stream other than the air oxidation vent stream is
    normally conducted through the recovery system of the affected
    facility, such stream shall be rerouted or turned off while
    the vent stream is sampled, but shall be routed normally prior
    to the measuring of the initial value of the monitored
    parameters for determining compliance with the recommended
    RACT.
    If the air oxidation vent stream is normally routed
    through any equipment which is not a part of the air oxidation
    process as defined in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 211.122, such
    equipment shall be bypassed by the vent stream while the vent-
    stream is sampled, but shall not be bypassed during the
    measurement of the initial value of the monitored parameters
    for determining compliance with Subpart V.
    b) The molar composition of the vent stream shall be determined
    using the following methods:
    1)
    Reference Method 18 to measure the concentration of all
    organics,
    including those containing halogens, unless a
    significant portion of the compounds of interest are
    polymeric (high molecular weight), can polymerize before
    analysis or have low vapor pressures,
    in which case
    Reference Method 25(a)
    shall be used.
    2)
    ASTM D1946-67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 215.105, to measure the concentration of carbon
    monoxide and hydrogen.
    3)
    Reference Method
    4 to measure the content of water vapor,
    if
    necessary.
    c) The volumetric flowrate shall be determined using Reference
    Method
    2,
    2A, 2C or 2D,
    as appropriate.
    d) The net heating value of the vent stream shall be calculated
    using the following equation:
    n
    H=K
    E
    CiHi
    i=1
    124—811

    230
    Where:
    H
    =
    Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm, where the net
    enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on combustion at
    25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for
    determining the volume corresponding to one mole is
    20°C,as in the definition of F
    (vent stream flowrate)
    below.
    K
    =
    Constant, 1.740 x 10~(1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)(MJ/kcal)
    where standard temperature for mole/scm is 20°C.
    Ci
    =
    Concentration of sample component i, reported on a wet
    basis, in ppm, as measured by Reference Method 18 or
    ASTM Dl946—67 (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 215.105.
    Hi
    Net heat of combustion of sample component
    i,
    kcal/mole based on combustion at 25 C and 760 mm Hg.
    If published values are not available or cannot be
    calculated,
    the heats of combustion of vent stream
    components are required to be determined using ASTM
    D2382-76,
    incorporated by reference in Section
    215.105.
    e) The emission rate of total organic compounds in the process
    vent stream shall be calculated using the following equation:
    n
    E=K
    F
    E
    CiMi
    i=1
    Where:
    E
    =
    Emission rate of total organic compounds (minus
    methane and ethane)
    in the sample in kg/hr.
    K
    =
    Constant 2.494
    x
    i0~(1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)
    (kg/g)
    (mm/hr)1 where standard temperature for
    (mole/scm)
    is 20°C.
    Mi
    =
    Molecular weight of sample component
    i
    (g/mole).
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a standard
    temperature of 20°C.
    f) The total vent stream concentration (by volume) of compounds
    containing halogens
    (ppmv, by compound)
    shall be summed from
    the individual concentrations of compounds containing halogens
    124—8 12

    231
    which were measured by Reference Method 18.
    124—8 13

    232
    Appendix D
    Coefficients for the Total Resource ‘Effectiveness
    Index
    (ThE) Equation
    This Appendix contains values for the total resource
    effectiveness index
    (TRE)
    equation in Subpart V.
    If a flow rate falls exactly on the boundary between the
    indicated ranges, the operator shall use the row in which the
    flow rate is maximum.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS
    VENT STREAMS
    WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS THAN
    OR
    EQUAL
    TO
    3.5
    MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    £
    0.0
    13.5
    .48.73
    0.
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    42.35
    0.624
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    700.
    1400.
    84.38
    0.678
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    1400.2100.
    126.41
    0.712
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    2100.2800.
    168.44
    0.747
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    2800.3500.
    210.47
    0.758
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR
    TRE
    EQUATION
    FOR
    CHLORINATED
    PROCESS
    VENT
    STREAMS
    WITH
    NET
    HEATING
    VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN
    3.5
    NJ/scm
    FLOW
    RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    0.
    13.5
    13.5
    700.
    700.
    1400.
    1400. 2100.
    2100. 2800.
    2800. 3500.
    0.
    0.0245
    0. 0346
    0. 0424
    0.0490
    0. 0548
    0.
    0. 0245
    0. 0346
    0. 0424
    0.0490
    0.0548
    47.76
    41.58
    82.84
    123.10
    165.36
    206.62
    £
    0.
    —0.292
    0.605
    —0.292
    0.658 —0.292
    0.691 —0.292
    0.715 —0.292
    0.734 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    124—814

    233
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR
    NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS
    VENT
    STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 0.48 NJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    0.
    13.5
    19.05
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1350.
    16.61
    0.239
    0.
    0.0245
    1350.2700.
    32.91
    0.260
    0.
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    49.21
    0.273
    0.
    0.0424
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER THAN 0.48 AND LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 1.9 NJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    0.
    13.5
    19.74
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    1350.
    18.30
    0.138
    0.
    0.0245
    1350.2700.
    36.28
    0.150
    0.
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    54.26
    0.158
    0.
    0.0424
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    £
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.113
    —0.214
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.400
    —0.202
    124—815

    234
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR
    TRE
    EQUATION
    FOR
    NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS
    VENT
    STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER THAN 1
    9 AND LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 3.6 NJ/scm
    FLOW
    RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR
    TR,E
    EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET
    HEATING
    VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN 3
    6 MG/scm
    IT IS SO ORDERED
    b
    d
    e
    f
    J.
    Marlin
    and
    B.
    Forcade
    were
    not
    present.
    I,
    Dorothy
    N.
    Gunn, Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control
    Board,
    hereby
    certify that the abo
    Opinion and Order was
    adopted on the
    ?~‘5’~
    day of
    ________________,
    1991,
    by
    a
    vote
    of
    5—~2~
    orothy N.
    G~n,
    Clerk
    Illinois PoJ~tition Control Board
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    .0
    13.5
    13.5
    1190.
    1190. 2380.
    2380. 3570.
    15.24
    13.63
    26.95
    40.27
    0.
    0.033
    0.157
    0.033
    0.171
    0.033
    0.179
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    13.5
    1190.
    1190. 2380.
    2380. 3570.
    c
    a
    15.24
    13.63
    26.95
    40.27
    0.
    0.0245
    0.0346
    0.0424
    0.
    0.0245
    0. 0346
    0. 0424
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0. 0090
    0. 0090
    0. 0090
    0.
    0. 0503
    0. 0546
    0. 0573
    12 4—816

    Back to top